Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

separated+you

Толкование Перевод

41 agentes

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > agentes
42 ago

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ago
43 cortado

adj.

1 cut, severed, split.

2 cut, wounded.

3 timid, ashamed, embarrassed, tongue-tied.

4 choppy.

5 broken.

past part.

past participle of spanish verb: cortar.

* * *

cortado

► nombre masculino

1 (café) coffee with a dash of milk

————————

cortado

► participio pasado

1→ link=cortar cortar

► adjetivo

1 (troceado) cut; (en lonchas) sliced

2 (leche) sour

3 figurado (estilo) concise, clipped

4 familiar (aturdido) dumbfounded

► nombre masculino cortado

1 (café) coffee with a dash of milk

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

quedarse cortado,-a familiar (sin palabras) to be speechless, be lost for words 2 (avergonzado) to become embarrassed

* * *

1. ADJ

1) (=recortado, partido) cut

la carne cortada en trozos grandes — meat cut into large chunks

cortado a pico — [montaña, acantilado] steep, sheer, precipitous

2) (=pasado) [leche, mayonesa] off

tener o sentir el cuerpo cortado — to feel off colour

3) [piel, labios] chapped

4) [calle, carretera] closed

carretera cortada por obras — closed for roadworks

5) [café] coffee with a little milk

6) [estilo] [gen] disjointed; [al hablar] clipped

7) [película] cut

8) * [persona] shy

es un tío muy cortado — he's a really shy bloke *

está cortado porque no os conoce — he's shy because he doesn't know you

• dejar cortado — to cut short

me dejó cortado en mitad de lo que estaba diciendo — he cut me short in the middle of what I was saying

• quedarse cortado, no te quedes cortado, hombre, di algo — come on, don't be shy, say something

me quedé cortado cuando entré en la habitación y los vi besándose — I was left speechless when I came into the room and found them kissing

9)

• estar cortado — esp LAm * (=arruinado) to be broke *

2. SM

1) (=café) coffee with a little milk

2) (Ballet) leap

* * *
I
- da adjetivo

1) < persona>

a) [estar] (Chi, Esp) (turbado, avergonzado) embarrassed

b) [estar] (Esp, CS) ( aturdido) stunned

me quedé cortado con su respuesta — I was stunned by her reply

c) [ser] (Esp) ( tímido) shy

2) [estar] <calle/carretera> closed, closed off

carretera cortada por obras — road closed (for repairs)

3)

a) [estar] <mayonesa/salsa> separated

la leche está cortada — the milk is curdled o off

b) < café> with a dash of milk

4) < película> cut
II
masculino expresso with a dash of milk
•• Cultural note:
cortado

Popular in Spain and known also as café cortado. Black coffee is ‘cut’ by adding a little milk to it

* * *

= clipped, severed.

Ex. Length is also a function of style and most abstracts, though avoiding clipped telegraphese, have certain stylistic features which help to keep wordage to a minimum.

Ex. Gericault's paintings of severed heads and limbs explored the taste for the macabre and uncanny rampant in the popular terror novels of his time.

----

* cortado en tacos = diced.

* recién cortado = fresh-cut, freshly-cut.

* sentirse cortado = self-conscious.

* ya cortado en rodajas = pre-sliced [presliced], pre-sliced [presliced].

* * *
I
- da adjetivo

1) < persona>

a) [estar] (Chi, Esp) (turbado, avergonzado) embarrassed

b) [estar] (Esp, CS) ( aturdido) stunned

me quedé cortado con su respuesta — I was stunned by her reply

c) [ser] (Esp) ( tímido) shy

2) [estar] <calle/carretera> closed, closed off

carretera cortada por obras — road closed (for repairs)

3)

a) [estar] <mayonesa/salsa> separated

la leche está cortada — the milk is curdled o off

b) < café> with a dash of milk

4) < película> cut
II
masculino expresso with a dash of milk
•• Cultural note:
cortado

Popular in Spain and known also as café cortado. Black coffee is ‘cut’ by adding a little milk to it

* * *

= clipped, severed.

Ex: Length is also a function of style and most abstracts, though avoiding clipped telegraphese, have certain stylistic features which help to keep wordage to a minimum.

Ex: Gericault's paintings of severed heads and limbs explored the taste for the macabre and uncanny rampant in the popular terror novels of his time.

* cortado en tacos = diced.

* recién cortado = fresh-cut, freshly-cut.

* sentirse cortado = self-conscious.

* ya cortado en rodajas = pre-sliced [presliced], pre-sliced [presliced].

* * *

cortado¹ -da

adjective

A ‹persona›

1 [ ESTAR] ( Esp) (turbado, avergonzado) embarrassed

2 [ ESTAR] (CS) (aturdido) stunned

me quedé cortado con la respuesta que me dio I was stunned by her reply, her reply stunned me

3 [ SER] ( Esp) (tímido) shy

como es tan cortado, no se atrevió a decirle que no being so shy he couldn't bring himself to say no

B [ ESTAR] ‹calle/carretera› closed, closed off

la calle está cortada al tráfico the street is closed to traffic

[ S ] carretera cortada por obras road closed (for repairs)

C

1 ‹leche/mayonesa›

la leche estaba cortada the milk had curdled, the milk was off o had gone off ( BrE)

la mayonesa está cortada the mayonnaise is curdled

2 ‹café› with a dash of milk

D ‹película› cut

E ‹estilo› clipped

F

( Chi fam): irse cortado (morirse) to drop dead ( colloq)

cortado²

masculine

cortado (↑ cortado a1)

coffee with a dash of milk

CULTURAL NOTE

cortado

Popular in Spain and known also as café cortado. Black coffee is "cut" by adding a little milk to it.

* * *

Del verbo cortar: ( conjugate cortar)

cortado es:

el participio

Multiple Entries:
cortado
cortar
cortado 1
◊ -da adjetivo

1 ‹ persona›
a) [estar] (Chi, Esp) (turbado, avergonzado) embarrassed

b) [estar] (Esp, CS) ( aturdido) stunned;

◊ me quedé cortado con su respuesta I was stunned by her reply

c) [ser] (Esp) ( tímido) shy

2 [estar]
a) ‹calle/carretera› closed, closed off

b) ‹ película› cut

3
a) [estar] ‹mayonesa/salsa› separated;

◊ la leche está cortada the milk is curdled o off

b) ‹ café› with a dash of milk

cortado 2 sustantivo masculino
expresso with a dash of milk
cortar ( conjugate cortar) verbo transitivo
1 ( dividir) ‹cuerda/pastel› to cut, chop;
‹ asado› to carve;
‹leña/madera› to chop;
‹ baraja› to cut;
◊ cortado algo por la mitad to cut sth in half o in two;

cortado algo en rodajas/en cuadritos to slice/dice sth;
cortado algo en trozos to cut sth into pieces
2 (quitar, separar) ‹rama/punta/pierna› to cut off;
‹ árbol› to cut down, chop down;
‹ flores› (CS) to pick;
◊ me cortó un trozo de melón she cut me a piece of melon

3 ( hacer más corto) ‹pelo/uñas› to cut;
‹césped/pasto› to mow;
‹ seto› to cut;
‹ rosal› to cut back;
‹ texto› to cut down
4 ( en costura) ‹falda/vestido› to cut out
5 ( interrumpir)
a) ‹agua/gas/luz/teléfono› to cut off;

‹película/programa› to interrupt
b) ‹ calle› [policía/obreros] to close, block off;

[ manifestantes] to block;
◊ me cortó el paso he stood in my way

6 (censurar, editar) ‹ película› to cut;
‹escena/diálogo› to cut (out)
7 [ frío]:
◊ el frío me cortó los labios my lips were chapped o cracked from the cold weather

verbo intransitivo
1 [cuchillo/tijeras] to cut
2
a) (Cin):

◊ ¡corten! cut!

b) (CS) ( por teléfono) to hang up;

◊ no me cortes don't hang up on me

c) ( en naipes) to cut

cortarse verbo pronominal
1 ( interrumpirse) [proyección/película] to stop;
[llamada/gas] to get cut off;
◊ se cortó la luz there was a power cut;

se me cortó la respiración I could hardly breathe
2
a) ( refl) ( hacerse un corte) to cut oneself;

‹brazo/cara› to cut;
◊ me corté un dedo I cut my finger

b) ( refl) ‹uñas/pelo› to cut;

◊ se corta el pelo ella misma she cuts her own hair

c) ( caus) ‹ pelo› to have … cut;

◊ tengo que cortadome el pelo I have to have my hair cut

d) [piel/labios] to crack, become chapped

3 ( cruzarse) [líneas/calles] to cross
4 [ leche] to curdle;
[mayonesa/salsa] to separate
5 (Chi, Esp) [ persona] (turbarse, aturdirse) to get embarrassed
cortado,-a
I adjetivo
1 cut (up)
carretera cortada, no through road o road blocked
2 (leche) sour
3 (piel) flaky, dry
(labios) chapped
4 familiar (tímido) shy
II sustantivo masculino small coffee with a dash of milk
III sustantivo masculino y femenino shy person
cortar
I verbo transitivo
1 to cut
(un árbol) to cut down
(el césped) to mow
2 (amputar) to cut off
3 (la luz, el teléfono) to cut off
4 (impedir el paso) to block
5 (eliminar, censurar) to cut out
II verbo intransitivo
1 (partir) to cut
2 (atajar) to cut across, to take a short cut
3 familiar (interrumpir una relación) to split up: cortó con su novia, he split up with his girlfriend
♦ Locuciones: familiar cortar por lo sano, to put an end to
' cortado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
cortada
- el
- café
- capa
- cepillo
- comunicación
- cristal
- rape
- te
English:
bad
- cut
- cut off
- dead
- her
- nick
- sour
- crew
- off

* * *

cortado, -a

♦ adj

1. [labios, manos] chapped

2. [leche] curdled;
[mayonesa] Br off, US spoiled
3. [carretera] closed;

cortado por obras [en letrero] road closed for repairs

4.
café cortado = small coffee with just a little milk

5. Fam [persona]
estar cortado to be inhibited;

quedarse cortado to be left speechless;

ser cortado to be shy

6. Comp

estar cortados por el mismo patrón o Am [m5] con la misma tijera to be cast in the same mould

♦ nm

1. [café] = small coffee with just a little milk

2. Fam [persona]
ser un cortado to be shy

* * *

cortado

I adj

1 cut

2 calle closed

3 leche curdled

4 persona shy;

quedarse cortado be embarrassed

II m coffee with a dash of milk

* * *

cortado¹ adj

1. (tímido) shy [comp. shier o shyer; superl. shiest o shyest]

2. (avergonzado) embarrassed

cortado² n (café) coffee with a dash of milk

Spanish-English dictionary > cortado
44 separarse

separarse

► verbo pronominal

1 (tomar diferente camino) to separate, part company

2 (matrimonio) to separate

3 (apartarse) to move away (de, from)

4 (desprenderse) to separate (de, from), come off (de, -)

5 (de amigo etc) to part company (de, with)

6 separarse de (dejar algo) to part with

■ no me separaré nunca de este libro I shall never part with this book

* * *

to divorce

* * *

VPR

1) [en el espacio] to part

caminaron hasta la plaza, donde se separaron — they walked as far as the square, where they went their separate ways o where they parted

al llegar a la juventud sus destinos parecen separarse — when they became teenagers they seemed to go their separate ways

separarse de algn/algo: no se separa de él ni un solo instante — she never leaves him o leaves his side for a moment

no debí separarme de las maletas — I shouldn't have left the suitcases unattended

no se separan ni un momento del televisor — they sit there glued to the television, they never take their eyes off the television

consiguió separarse del pelotón — he managed to leave the pack behind

no se separen del grupo hasta que estemos dentro de la catedral — stay with the group until we are in the cathedral

no quiere separarse de sus libros — he doesn't want to part with his books

se separó de la vida pública — she withdrew o retired from public life

2) [en una relación] [cónyuges] to separate, split up; [socios, pareja] to split up

sus padres se han separado — his parents have separated o split up

¿en qué año se separaron los Beatles? — what year did the Beatles break up o split up?

separarse de — [+ cónyuge] to separate from, split up with; [+ socio, pareja] to split up with

se separó de su marido — she separated from o split up with her husband

se ha separado de todos sus amigos — he has cut himself off from all his friends

piensa separarse de la empresa — he is thinking of leaving the company

3) (=desprenderse) [fragmento, trozo] to detach itself (de from)
come away; [pedazos] to come apart
4) (Pol, Rel) to break away

se separó de ellos para formar su propio partido — he broke away from them to form his own party

cuando la Iglesia anglicana se separó de Roma — when the Anglican Church broke away o frm seceded from Rome

5) (Jur) to withdraw (de from)

* * *

(v.) = drift apart, part, divorce, go (our/their) separate ways, fork

Ex. UDC was originally based on the fifth edition of DC, and though the two schemes tended to drift apart, there was for some time an attempt to bring them into line again.

Ex. Anthony Datto thanked them for having permitted him to unburden himself and after a few desultory remarks about the nasty weather and nothing in particular, they parted.

Ex. These relations are constructed through negotiations and contestations that cannot be easily divorced from cultural context.

Ex. After having gone their separate ways, today we see these institutions coming back together = Tras haber estado separadas, en la actualidad estas instituciones están volviendo a colaborar.

Ex. Meanings in art come in layers, their ways forking and crossing one another like the meandering paths of a labyrinth.

* * *

(v.) = drift apart, part, divorce, go (our/their) separate ways, fork

Ex: UDC was originally based on the fifth edition of DC, and though the two schemes tended to drift apart, there was for some time an attempt to bring them into line again.

Ex: Anthony Datto thanked them for having permitted him to unburden himself and after a few desultory remarks about the nasty weather and nothing in particular, they parted.

Ex: These relations are constructed through negotiations and contestations that cannot be easily divorced from cultural context.

Ex: After having gone their separate ways, today we see these institutions coming back together = Tras haber estado separadas, en la actualidad estas instituciones están volviendo a colaborar.

Ex: Meanings in art come in layers, their ways forking and crossing one another like the meandering paths of a labyrinth.

* * *

■separarse verbo reflexivo
1 (aumentar la distancia) to move away [de, from]: no te separes de mí, stay with me
2 (coger rumbos distintos) to part: nos separamos para buscarte, we split up to look for you
3 (una banda, un grupo, un partido) to split up
4 (un matrimonio) to separate
' separarse' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
apartar
- separar
English:
break away
- draw
- part
- secede
- separate
- split off
- split up
- break
- company
- diverge
- split
- stick

* * *

vpr

1. [apartarse] to move apart;

separaos un poco move apart a bit;

separarse de to move away from;

sepárese un poco del micrófono don't speak too close to the microphone;

no se separen del grupo don't leave the group, stay together with the group;

no se separaba de mí he didn't leave my side;

jamás se separa de su osito de peluche she never goes anywhere without her teddy bear;

es la primera vez que se separa de sus padres it's the first time he's been away from his parents

2. [ir por distinto lugar] [personas] to separate, to part company;
[caminos, vías, carreteras] to diverge;
aquí se separan nuestros caminos this is where we each go our separate way, this is where we part company

3. [matrimonio] to separate (de from); [novios, grupo musical, entidades] to split up (de with);
se ha separado de su marido she has separated from her husband

4. [independizarse] [territorio, comunidad] to break away (de from)

5. [desprenderse] to come away o off

* * *

separarse

v/r separate, split up fam

* * *

separarse vb

1. (matrimonio, pareja) to separate / to split up [pt. & pp. split]

mis tíos se han separado my aunt and uncle have split up

2. (ir por distinto lugar) to go separate ways

nos separamos después de la fiesta we went our separate ways after the party

3. (apartarse) to move away

sepárate de la vía move away from the track

Spanish-English dictionary > separarse
45 bereizi

du/ad.

1.

a. to separate; (- tik: from) ; zerua eta lurra bereizten duen muga the line separating earth and sky; arrazak bereizteko politika policy of racial separation | segregation; gizon batzu besteengandik \bereizi zituen he separated some men from others; liburu hau 15 ataletan bereizten da this book is broken down into 15 chapters

b. gaisoaren amari galdetu nion, "zer dio, nahasirik dago?" eta berak niri, " noiz dago \bereizirik?" I asked the patient's mother, "what's he saying, is he confused?" and she answered me, "when isn't he confused?"

2. (bereizkoa egin) to tell, distinguish between discriminate between; ezin duzu \bereizi hainbat gezur artean egia bat ere you can't tell a bit of truth from among so many lies

3. (aukeratu)

a. to choose, elect; zerura \bereiziak those who are destined to go to heaven; guziak bai bihotzez onetsi baina adiskide guti \bereizi do love everyone with all your heart but choose few friends; anitz dira deituak, baina guti \bereiziak many are called, few are chosen; ene bihotzeko \bereizi-\bereizia my heart's favourite

b. (hautatu, aukeratu) to pick out, choose

4. (esleitu) to assign; bakoitzari bere zatia \bereizi to assign each one his part; Jainkoak guretzat \bereizi dituen bedeinkapenak the blessing God has given us da/ad. to separate; senar-emazteak \bereizi dira the couple has separated | the husband and wife {separated || got a separation}

Euskara Ingelesa hiztegiaren > bereizi
46 ὅς

ὅς, ἥ, ὅ

① as relative pron. who, which, what, that (Hom.+). On its use s. B-D-F §293–97; 377–80; Rydbeck 98–118; W-S. §24; Rob. 711–26, and for ancient Gk. in gener. Kühner-G. II 399ff; Schwyzer II 639–41.

ⓐ As a general rule, the relative pron. agrees in gender and number w. the noun or pron. to which it refers (i.e. its antecedent); its case is determined by the verb, noun, or prep. that governs it: ὁ ἀστήρ, ὸ̔ν εἶδον Mt 2:9. ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὅν ἐγὼ καταγγέλλω ὑμῖν Ac 17:3. Ἰουδαῖον, ᾧ (sc. ἦν) ὄνομα Βαριησοῦς 13:6. ὁ Ἰουδαῖος …, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος Ro 2:29. Ἰσραηλίτης, ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν J 1:47. οὗτος, περὶ οὗ ἀκούω τοιαῦτα Lk 9:9 and very oft.

ⓑ A demonstrative pron. is freq. concealed within the relative pron.:

α. in such a way that both pronouns stand in the same case: ὅς the one who ὅς οὐ λαμβάνει Mt 10:38; sim. Mk 4:9; 9:40 (the three w. implied condition). οὗ of the one whose J 18:26. ᾧ to the one to whom Ro 6:16. ὅν the one whom (or someth. sim.) Mk 15:12; J 1:45. οἷς to those for whom Mt 20:23. οὕς those whom Mk 3:13; J 5:21. ὅ that which, what Mt 10:27.—A prep. governing the relative belongs in certain pass. to the (omitted) demonstr. pron. alone: παρʼ ὅ Ro 12:3; Gal 1:8; ὑπὲρ ὅ (ἅ) 1 Cor 10:13; 2 Cor 12:6; Phlm 21; πρὸς ἅ 2 Cor 5:10; εἰς ὅν J 6:29. In others it must be added to both pronouns: ἐν ᾧ in that in which 2 Cor 11:12; 1 Pt 2:12; 3:16 (these passages in 1 Pt may be classed under 1kγ also). ἐν οἷς Phil 4:11. ὑπὲρ οὑ because of that for which 1 Cor 10:30. ἀφʼ ὧν from the persons from whom 2 Cor 2:3.—The much disputed pass. ἑταῖρε, ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 would belong here if we were to supply the words necessary to make it read about as follows: friend, (are you misusing the kiss) for that (purpose) for which you are here? (Wlh.; EKlostermann) or thus: in connection with that (=the purposes), for which (=for the realization of which) you have appeared (do you kiss me)? (Rdm.² 78). Friend, are you here for this purpose? FRehkopf, ZNW 52, ’61, 109–15. But s. βב and iβ below.

β. But the two pronouns can also stand in different cases; in such instances the demonstr. pron. is nearly always in the nom. or acc.

א. in the nom. οὗ one whose Ac 13:25. ὧν those whose Ro 4:7 (Ps 31:1). ᾧ the one to or for whom Lk 7:43; 2 Pt 1:9. οἷς those to whom Mt 19:11; Ro 15:21 (Is 52:15). ὅ that (nom.) which (acc.) Mt 13:12; 25:29; 26:13; Mk 11:23; Lk 12:3. Likew. ἅ Lk 12:20. ὅν he whom J 3:34; 4:18; Ac 10:21. ἐφʼ ὅν the one about whom Hb 7:13.

ב. in the acc. ὧν the things of which J 13:29. ᾧ the one (in) whom 2 Ti 1:12. So also w. a prep.: ἐν ᾧ anything by which Ro 14:21. ἐν οἷς things in which 2 Pt 2:12. ἐφʼ ὅ that upon which Lk 5:25. περὶ ὧν the things of which Ac 24:13. ἐφʼ οἷς from the things of which Ro 6:21 (this passage perh. uses a commercial metaphor, for pap s. Mayser II/2, 434f §121). εἰς ὸ̔ν the one in whom Ro 10:14a.—So Mt 26:50 (s. bα above), if the words to be supplied are about as follows: friend, (do that) for which you have come! (so ESchwartz, ByzZ 25, 1925, 154f; EOwen, JTS 29, 1928, 384–86; WSpiegelberg, ZNW 28, 1929, 341–43; FZorell, VD 9, 1929, 112–16; sim. PMaas, Byz.-Neugriech. Jahrb. 8, ’31, 99; 9, ’32, 64; WEltester: OCullmann Festschr., ’62, 70–91; but s. iβ end.—S. Jos., Bell. 2, 615 at πάρειμι 1a).

ג. Only in isolated instances does the demonstr. pron. to be supplied stand in another case: οὗ = τούτῳ, οὗ in him of whom Ro 10:14b. παρʼ ὧν = τούτοις, παρʼ ὧν Lk 6:34.

ⓒ Constructions peculiar in some respect

α. The pleonastic use of the pers. pron. after ὅς (Mlt. 94f; B-D-F §297) γυνὴ ἧς εἶχεν τὸ θυγάτριον αὐτῆς Mk 7:25 is found in older Gk. (Hyperid., Euxen. 3 ὧν … τούτων.—Kühner-G. II 433f), and is not unknown in later Gk. (POxy 117, 15), but above all is suggested by Semitic languages (LXX; GrBar 2:1; Thackeray 46; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f); the omission of αὐτῆς in the v.l. is in line w. Gk. usage. οὗ τὸ πτύον ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ Mt 3:12; Lk 3:17. οὗ … τῶν ὑποδημάτων αὐτοῦ Mk 1:7; Lk 3:16. οὗ τῷ μώλωπι αὐτοῦ 1 Pt 2:24 v.l. οὗ καὶ πολλὰ αὐτοῦ συγγράματα EpilMosq 2. In a quot. ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται … ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 = Am 9:12. οὗ ἡ πνοὴ αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 21:9. Esp. freq. in Rv 3:8; 7:2, 9; 9:11 v.l.; 13:8, 12; 20:8.

β. constructions ‘ad sensum’

א. a relative in the sing. refers to someth. in the pl. οὐρανοῖς … ἐξ οὗ (οὐρανοῦ) Phil 3:20.

ב. a relative in the pl. refers to a sing. (Jdth 4:8 γερουσία, οἵ) πλῆθος πολύ …, οἳ ἦλθον Lk 6:17f. κατὰ πόλιν πᾶσαν, ἐν αἷς Ac 15:36. Cp. ἤδη δευτέραν ἐπιστολήν, ἐν αἷς (i.e. ἐν ταῖς δυσὶν ἐπιστ.) 2 Pt 3:1.

ג. the relative conforms to the natural gender rather than the grammatical gender of its antecedent noun τέκνα μου, οὕς Gal 4:19; cp. 2 J 1; Phlm 10. ἔθνη, οἵ Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); cp. 26:17. παιδάριον, ὅς J 6:9. θηρίον, ὅς Rv 13:14. ὀνόματα, οἵ 3:4 v.l. γενεᾶς σκολιᾶς, ἐν οἷς Phil 2:15. W. ref. to Christ, τὴν κεφαλήν, ἐξ οὗ Col 2:19.

ⓓ Attraction (or assimilation) of the relative. Just as in Hdt. and freq. Att., ins, pap, LXX, the simple relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ is somet. attracted to the case of its antecedent, even though the relationship of the relative within its own clause would demand a different case.

α. In most instances it is the acc. of the rel. that is attracted to the gen. or dat. of the antecedent: περὶ πράγματος οὗ ἐὰν αἰτήσωνται Mt 18:19. τῆς διαθήκης ἧς ὁ θεὸς διέθετο Ac 3:25. Cp. Mt 24:50b; Mk 7:13; Lk 2:20; 3:19; 5:9; 9:43; 15:16; J 4:14; 7:31; 15:20; 17:5; 21:10; Ac 1:1; 2:22; 22:10; 1 Cor 6:19; 2 Cor 1:6; 10:8, 13; Eph 2:10; 2 Th 1:4; Jd 15 al.—When the antecedent is an understood but unexpressed demonstr. pron. (s. b, beg.) that would stand in the gen. or dat., the acc. of a relative pron. can be attracted to this gen. or dat.: οὐδὲν ὧν ἑώρακαν is really οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ ἑώρακαν Lk 9:36 (Schwyzer II 641); ἅ takes on the case of τούτων which, in turn, is omitted (so already Soph., Pla., et al.).—23:14, 41; Ac 8:24; 21:19, 24; 22:15; 25:11; 26:16; Ro 15:18; 1 Cor 7:1; Eph 3:20; Hb 5:8. ὧν = τούτων, οὕς J 17:9; 2 Cor 12:17. οἷς = τούτοις, ἅ Lk 24:25.

β. The dat. of the relative is less frequently attracted (B-D-F §294, 2; Rob. 717) ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς (=ᾗ) ἀνελήμφθη Ac 1:22 (cp. Lev 23:15; 25:50; Bar 1:19); Eph 1:6; 4:1; 1 Ti 4:6 v.l.; κατέναντι οὗ ἐπίστευσεν θεοῦ = κατέν. τοῦ θεοῦ ᾧ ἐπίστ. Ro 4:17. διὰ τῆς παρακλήσεως ἧς παρακαλούμεθα 2 Cor 1:4.

γ. In relative clauses that consist of subject, predicate, and copula, the relative pron. somet. agrees in gender and number not w. the noun to which it refers, but w. the predicate if it is the subj. and, conversely, w. the subj. if it is the pred. of its own clause: πνεύματι …, ὅς ἐστιν ἀρραβών Eph 1:14 v.l. τῷ σπέρματί σου, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστός Gal 3:16. τὴν μάχαιραν τοῦ πνεύματος, ὅ ἐστιν ῥῆμα θεοῦ Eph 6:17.—Rv 4:5; 5:8.

δ. Inverse attraction occurs when the relative pronoun attracts its antecedent to its own case (as early as Hom.; also Soph., Oed. Rex 449; s. Kühner-G. II 413; Schwyzer II 641; B-D-F §295; Rob. 717f); τὸν ἄρτον ὸ̔ν κλῶμεν, οὐχὶ κοινωνία … ἐστιν; = ὁ ἄρτος ὅν … 1 Cor 10:16. λίθον, ὸ̔ν ἀπεδοκίμασαν … οὗτος ἐγενήθη (Ps 117:22) Mt 21:42; Mk 12:10; Lk 20:17; 1 Pt 2:7 v.l.—παντὶ ᾧ ἐδόθη πολύ, πολὺ ζητηθήσεται παρʼ αὐτοῦ Lk 12:48. ὅρκον, ὸ̔ν ὤμοσεν (=μνησθῆναι ὅρκου ὅν) 1:73 (s. W-S. §24, 7 note). τοὺς λίθους, οὓς εἶδες, ἀποβεβλημένους, οὗτοι … ἐφόρεσαν Hs 9, 13, 3. Cp. 1J 2:25.

ε. Attraction can, as in earlier Gk. (Thu. 2, 70, 4), fail to take place when the relative clause is more distinctly separated fr. its antecedent by additional modifiers of the noun and by the importance attaching to the content of the relative clause itself (B-D-F §294, 1; Rob. 714f): τῆς σκηνῆς τῆς ἀληθινῆς, ἣν ἔπηξεν ὁ κύριος, οὐκ ἄνθρωπος Hb 8:2. But s. also Mk 13:19; J 2:22; 4:5; Ac 8:32; 1 Ti 4:3; Tit 1:2; Phlm 10; Hb 9:7; Rv 1:20.

ⓔ The noun which is the antecedent of a relative clause can be incorporated into the latter

α. without abbreviating the constr. and without attraction of the case: ᾗ οὐ δοκεῖτε ὥρᾳ = τῇ ὥρᾳ ᾗ οὐ δοκ. Mt 24:44; cp. Lk 12:40; 17:29, 30. ἃ ἡτοίμασαν ἀρώματα 24:1. ὸ̔ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον J 6:14. ὸ̔ θέλω ἀγαθόν Ro 7:19.

β. w. abbreviation, in that a prep. normally used twice is used only once: ἐν ᾧ κρίματι κρίνετε κριθήσεσθε = ἐν τῷ κρίματι, ἐν ᾧ κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε Mt 7:2a. Cp. vs. 2b; Mk 4:24. ἐν ᾧ ἦν τόπῳ = ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ἐν ᾧ ἦν J 11:6. καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον = κατὰ τὸν τρόπον, καθʼ ὅν Ac 15:11.

γ. w. a change in case, due mostly to attraction

א. of the relative pron. περὶ πάντων ὧν ἐποίησεν πονηρῶν = περὶ πάντων πονηρῶν, ἃ ἐπ. Lk 3:19. περὶ πασῶν ὧν εἶδον δυνάμεων = περὶ πασῶν δυνάμεων, ἃς εἶδον 19:37. αἰτίαν … ὧν ἐγὼ ὑπενόουν πονηρῶν Ac 25:18.—The dat. of the relative is also attracted to other cases: ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας = ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας, ᾖ Mt 24:38; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας Col 1:6, 9.

ב. of the noun to which the rel. refers: ὸ̔ν ἐγὼ ἀπεκεφάλισα Ἰωάννην, οὗτος ἠγέρθη = Ἰωάννης ὸ̔ν κτλ. Mk 6:16 εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε τύπον διδαχῆς = τῷ τύπῳ τῆς διδαχῆς εἰς ὸ̔ν παρεδόθητε Ro 6:17.

δ. The analysis is doubtful in passages like περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης λόγων = περὶ τῶν λόγων οὓς κατηχήθης or τῶν λόγων, περὶ ὧν κατηχήθης Lk 1:4. ἄγοντες παρʼ ᾧ ξενισθῶμεν Μνάσωνι Ac 21:16 must acc. to the sense = ἄγοντες πρὸς Μνάσωνα, ἵνα ξενισθῶμεν παρʼ αὐτῷ. S. B-D-F §294, 5; Rob. 719.

ⓕ The prep. can be omitted before the relative pron. if it has already been used before the antecedent noun: ἐν παντὶ χρόνῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ὧ.) Ac 1:21. εἰς τὸ ἔργον ὅ (=εἰς ὅ) 13:2. ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν (=ἀφʼ ὧν) vs. 38. Cp. 26:2. ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ (=ἐν ᾧ) Rv 18:6.

ⓖ The neut. is used

α. in explanations, esp. of foreign words and of allegories: ὅ ἐστιν which or that is, which means: βασιλεὺς Σαλήμ, ὅ ἐστιν βασιλεὺς εἰρήνης Hb 7:2; cp. Mt 27:33; Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; 15:42. Also ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον Mt 1:23; Mk 5:41; Ac 4:36; cp. J 1:38, 41f. ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενος κρανίου τόπος Mk 15:22 v.l. (for μεθερμηνευόμενον). τόπος, ὸ̔ λέγεται, Ἑβραϊστὶ Γολγοθά J 19:17.—S. also αὐλῆς, ὅ ἐστιν πραιτώριον Mk 15:16. λεπτὰ δὺο, ὅ ἐστιν κοδράντης 12:42. τοῦ σώματος αὐτοῦ, ὅ ἐστιν ἡ ἐκκλησία Col 1:24. πλεονέκτης ὅ ἐστιν εἰδωλολάτρης Eph 5:5. τὴν ἀγάπην ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος Col 3:14.—B-D-F §132, 2.

β. when the relative pron. looks back upon a whole clause: τοῦτον τ. Ἰησοῦν ἀνέστησεν ὁ θεός, οὗ πάντες ἡμεῖς ἐσμεν μάρτυρες Ac 2:32; cp. 3:15; 11:30; 26:9f; Gal 2:10; Col 1:29; 1 Pt 2:8; Rv 21:8.

γ. ὅ is to be understood as an obj. acc. and gains its content fr. what immediately follows in these places (s. W-S. §24, 9; Rob. 715): ὸ̔ ἀπέθανεν, τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ἀπέθανεν ἐφάπαξ = τὸν θάνατον, ὸ̔ν ἀπέθανεν κτλ. what he died, i.e. the death he suffered, he suffered for sin Ro 6:10a; cp. vs. 10b. ὸ̔ νῦν ζῶ ἐν σαρκί the life that I now live in the flesh Gal 2:20.

ⓗ The relative is used w. consecutive or final mng. (result or purpose): τίς ἔγνω νοῦν κυρίου, ὸ̔ς συμβιβάσει αὐτόν; who has known the mind of the Lord, so that he could instruct him? 1 Cor 2:16 (cp. Is 40:13). ἄξιός ἐστιν ᾧ παρέξῃ τοῦτο he is worthy that you should grant him this Lk 7:4. ἀποστέλλω τὸν ἄγγελόν μου …, ὸ̔ς κατασκευάσει Mt 11:10. ἔπεμψα Τιμόθεον …, ὸ̔ς ὑμᾶς ἀναμνήσει 1 Cor 4:17. ἔχετε μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν, εἰς οὓς ἐργάσεσθε τὸ καλόν 21:2.

ⓘ taking the place of the interrogative pron.

α. in indirect questions (Soph., Oed. Rex 1068; Thu. 1, 136, 4; Attic ins of 411 B.C. in Meisterhans³-Schw.; pap [Witkowski 30, 7]; oft. Joseph. [Schmidt 369]; Just., D. 44, 4 διʼ ἧς ὁδοῦ). ὸ̔ ἐγὼ ποιῶ what I am doing J 13:7. ἃ λέγουσιν 1 Ti 1:7 (Just., D. 9, 1 οὐ γὰρ οἶδας ὸ̔ λέγεις).—J 18:21.

β. NT philology has generally dismissed the proposition that ὅς is used in direct questions (Mlt. 93; B-D-F §300, 2; Radermacher² 78; PMaas [see 1bβב above]). An unambiguous example of it is yet to be found. Even the ins on a goblet in Dssm., LO 100ff [LAE 125–31], ET 33, 1922, 491–93 leaves room for doubt. Therefore also the translation of ἐφʼ ὸ̔ πάρει Mt 26:50 as ‘what are you here for?’ (so Goodsp., Probs. 41–43; similarly, as early as Luther, later Dssm.; JWilson, ET 41, 1930, 334) has been held suspect. S. ZNW 52, ’61, 109ff.—Rob. 725 doubts the interrogative here, but Mlt-Turner 50 inclines toward it. If further proof for interrogative use of ὅς can be found, lit.-crit. considerations (s. vv. 14–16) invite attention to the v.l. (s. Tdf. app.) ἐφʼ ᾦ, a combination used in commercial documents (PGrenf II, 17, 2; 5; Mayser II/1 p. 215); the colloquial use suggests the sense: What deal did you make?—See also 1bβב above.

ⓙ combined w. particles

α. with ἄν (ἐάν), s. ἄν I. b.

β. with γέ (s. γέ aβ and cp. PFlor 370, 9) Ro 8:32.

γ. w. δήποτε whatever J 5:3(4) v.l. (the vv.ll. vary betw. οἵῳ and ᾧ, δηποτοῦν and δήποτε).

δ. w. καί who also Mk 3:19; Lk 6:13f; 7:49 al.

ε. with περ = ὅσπερ, ἥπερ, ὅπερ (TestSol, TestAbr; TestJob 7:13; JosAs 14:12; GrBar; ApcSed 2:1; Jos., Ant. 2, 277, Vi. 95; apolog. [exc. Mel.]) just the one who Mk 15:6 v.l. ὅπερ which indeed Ox 840, 35; ISm 4:1. πάντα ἅπερ whatever GPt 11:45.

ⓚ used w. preposition (s. also above: 1bα; 1bβב; 1eβ,γ; 1f, and s. Johannessohn, Präp. 382f [ind.]), whereby a kind of conjunction is formed:

α. with ἀντί: ἀνθʼ ὧν (s. ἀντί 4) because Lk 1:20; 19:44; Ac 12:23; 2 Th 2:10; therefore Lk 12:3.

β. w. εἰς: εἰς ὅ to this end 2 Th 1:11.

γ. with ἐν: ἐν οἷς connects w. the situation described in what precedes under which circumstances = under these circumstances Lk 12:1; Ac 24:18 v.l.; 26:12. So also perh. ἐν ᾧ 1 Pt 1:6; 2:12; 3:16, 19; 4:4. S. also ἐν 7 and cp. 1bα above.

δ. w. ἐπί: ἐφʼ ᾧ (normally, ‘for which’: Plut., Cimon 483 [8, 6] Cimon receives honors in requital for his generous deed [cp. the pl. ἐφʼ οἷς IPriene 114, 22 of honors heaped on a gymnasiarch for his numerous contributions]; cp. Plut., Mor. 522e and Diog. L. 7, 173. Conversely Plut., Aratus 1048 [44, 4]: A. suffers some dishonor ‘for what’ he did to one of his associates) has freq. been interpreted=ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that, because Ro 5:12 (lit. on ἁμαρτία 3a); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for 4:10. But a commercial metaphor may find expression in the first 3 passages cited here; s. ἐπί 6c. Difft. on Ro 5:12 JFitzmyer, NTS 39, ’93, 321–39; also comm. (Anchor), ad loc.: ‘with the result that, so that’

ε. οὗ χάριν therefore Lk 7:47.

ζ. in indications of time: ἀφʼ ἧς (s. ἀπό 2bγ and cp. BGU 252, 9 [98 A.D.]) from the time when; since Lk 7:45; Ac 24:11; 2 Pt 3:4; Hs 8, 6, 6 v.l.; as soon as, after 8, 1, 4.—ἀφʼ οὗ (s. ἀπό 2bγ) when once, since Lk 13:25; 24:21; Rv 16:18. ἄχρι οὗ (s. ἄχρι 1bα) until (the time when) Ac 7:18; Ro 11:25; 1 Cor 11:26; Gal 3:19. Also ἕως οὗ until Mt 1:25; 13:33; 14:22; 17:9; Lk 13:21; D 11:6 al. μέχρις οὗ until Mk 13:30; Gal 4:19.—On the gen. οὗ as an adv. of place s. it as a separate entry.

② Demonstrative pron. this (one) (Hom.+; prose of Hdt. et al. [Kühner-G. II 228f]; pap, LXX).

ⓐ ὸ̔ς δέ but he (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 22; PRyl 144, 14 [38 A.D.]) Mk 15:23; J 5:11 v.l. Mostly

ⓑ ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δέ the one … the other (Hippocr.+; very oft. in later wr.; POxy 1189, 7 [c. 117 A.D.]; SibOr 3, 654) the masc. in var. cases of sing. and pl. Mt 22:5; Lk 23:33; Ac 27:44; Ro 14:5; 1 Cor 11:21; 2 Cor 2:16; Jd 22f. ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δέ this … that Ro 9:21. ἃ μὲν … ἃ δέ (Lucian, Rhet. Praec. 15) some … others 2 Ti 2:20. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὸ̔ς δὲ … ὸ̔ς δέ Mt 21:35; 25:15 (Lucian, Tim. 57 διδοὺς … ᾧ μὲν πέντε δραχμάς, ᾧ δέ μνᾶν, ᾧ δὲ ἡμιτάλαντον). ὸ̔ μὲν … ὸ̔ δὲ … ὸ̔ δέ Mt 13:8b, 23. ᾧ μὲν … ἄλλῳ δὲ … ἑτέρῳ (ἄλλῳ δέ is then repeated five times, and before the last one there is a second ἑτέρῳ) 1 Cor 12:8–10. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἄλλο κτλ. Mk 4:4. ὸ̔ μὲν … καὶ ἕτερον (repeated several times) Lk 8:5. ἃ μὲν … ἄλλα δέ (repeated several times) Mt 13:4–8a. In anacoluthon οὓς μέν without οὓς δέ 1 Cor 12:28. ὸ̔ς μὲν … ὁ δὲ ἀσθενῶν Ro 14:2.—B-D-F §250. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 100f.—DELG 1 ὅς. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὅς
47 dolor

m.

1 pain.

siento un dolor en el costado I have a pain in my side

(tener) dolor de cabeza (to have a) headache

¡este niño no nos da más que dolores de cabeza! that child does nothing but make trouble for us!

dolor de espalda back pain

dolor de estómago stomachache

dolores menstruales period pains

dolor de muelas toothache

dolores del parto labor pains

2 grief, sorrow (moral).

su fallecimiento nos llena de dolor his death fills us with sorrow

* * *

dolor

► nombre masculino

1 pain, ache

2 figurado pain, sorrow, grief

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

causar dolor figurado to sadden, hurt, upset

estar con los dolores (de parto) to be in labour (US labor)

dolor de cabeza headache

dolor de muelas toothache

* * *

noun m.

1) ache, pain

2) grief, sorrow

* * *

SM

1) [físico] pain

estar con dolores — [antes del parto] to feel one's labour pains beginning

dolor de cabeza — headache

dolor de espalda — backache

dolor de estómago — stomach ache

dolor de muelas — toothache

dolor de oídos — earache

dolores de parto — labour pains, labor pains (EEUU)

dolor sordo — dull ache

2) (=pesar) grief, sorrow

con dolor de mi corazón — with an ache in my heart

le causa mucho dolor — it causes him great distress

* * *

masculino

a) ( físico) pain

sentía mucho dolor — he was in a lot of pain

un dolor sordo — a dull ache

dolores reumáticos/de parto — rheumatic/labor* pains

tener dolor de muelas/cabeza/garganta — to have a toothache/a headache/a sore throat

fuertes dolores de estómago — sharp o severe stomach pains

no me has dado más que dolores de cabeza — you have been a constant worry to me

b) (pena, tristeza) pain, grief

el dolor de perder a un ser querido — the pain o grief of losing a loved one

con todo el dolor de mi corazón tuve que decirle que no — it broke my heart, but I had to turn him down

no sabes el dolor que me causa su indiferencia — you have no idea how much his indifferent attitude hurts o upsets me

* * *

= pain, agony, ache, grief, woefulness, soreness, heartache.

Ex. For instance, if discharge is 'watery' or 'purulent,' vision is 'blurred,' pain is 'moderate,' then corneal trauma or infection is diagnosed.

Ex. Much time and much of the agony associated with the reference interview would be avoided if librarians were subject specialists and did not have to educate themselves about a question before starting to answer it.

Ex. Last year I did not prefer cushioned running shoes, but now I'm a year older with new aches and pains, so I want a shoe with added support.

Ex. This paper discusses the ways in which books may be used to help bereaved children to understand death and other aspects of grief.

Ex. In presenting this story, Amenabar has managed to avoid both saccharine sentimentality and easy woefulness.

Ex. While there are no significant injury worries to speak of, there is no doubt both sides have a number of players with general soreness and niggling.

Ex. Lovelorn staff at a Japanese company can take paid time off after an upsetting break-up with a partner, with more ' heartache leave' offered as they get older.

----

* alivio del dolor = pain relief.

* de dolor = in pain.

* dolor abdominal = abdominal pain.

* dolor agudo = twinge.

* dolor crónico = chronic pain.

* dolor de barriga = tummy ache.

* dolor de cabeza = headache.

* dolor de cabeza espantoso = splitting headache.

* dolor de corazón = heartache.

* dolor de cuello = neck pain.

* dolor de espalda = backache [back-ache], back pain.

* dolor de estómago = stomach ache, upset stomach.

* dolor de garganta = sore throat.

* dolor de muelas = toothache.

* dolor de oído = earache.

* dolor de ojos = eyestrain [eye strain].

* dolor en la mano al escribir = writer's cramp.

* dolores de parto = birth pangs.

* dolor físico = physical pain.

* dolor fulgurante = shooting stab of pain, shooting pain.

* dolor lancinante = shooting stab of pain, shooting pain.

* dolor menstrual = period pain.

* dolor muscular = muscle pain, muscle ache.

* dolor penetrante = shooting stab of pain, shooting pain.

* dolor pulsante = throbbing pain.

* dolor pulsátil = throbbing pain.

* dolor punzante = throbbing pain, shooting stab of pain, shooting pain, twinge.

* gesto de dolor = wince of pain, wince.

* hacer una mueca de dolor = wince.

* hacer un gesto de dolor = wince.

* molestias y dolores = aches and pains.

* mueca de dolor = wince of pain, wince.

* punzada de dolor = twinge.

* que no causa dolor = painless.

* sin dolor = painless.

* * *

masculino

a) ( físico) pain

sentía mucho dolor — he was in a lot of pain

un dolor sordo — a dull ache

dolores reumáticos/de parto — rheumatic/labor* pains

tener dolor de muelas/cabeza/garganta — to have a toothache/a headache/a sore throat

fuertes dolores de estómago — sharp o severe stomach pains

no me has dado más que dolores de cabeza — you have been a constant worry to me

b) (pena, tristeza) pain, grief

el dolor de perder a un ser querido — the pain o grief of losing a loved one

con todo el dolor de mi corazón tuve que decirle que no — it broke my heart, but I had to turn him down

no sabes el dolor que me causa su indiferencia — you have no idea how much his indifferent attitude hurts o upsets me

* * *

= pain, agony, ache, grief, woefulness, soreness, heartache.

Ex: For instance, if discharge is 'watery' or 'purulent,' vision is 'blurred,' pain is 'moderate,' then corneal trauma or infection is diagnosed.

Ex: Much time and much of the agony associated with the reference interview would be avoided if librarians were subject specialists and did not have to educate themselves about a question before starting to answer it.

Ex: Last year I did not prefer cushioned running shoes, but now I'm a year older with new aches and pains, so I want a shoe with added support.

Ex: This paper discusses the ways in which books may be used to help bereaved children to understand death and other aspects of grief.

Ex: In presenting this story, Amenabar has managed to avoid both saccharine sentimentality and easy woefulness.

Ex: While there are no significant injury worries to speak of, there is no doubt both sides have a number of players with general soreness and niggling.

Ex: Lovelorn staff at a Japanese company can take paid time off after an upsetting break-up with a partner, with more ' heartache leave' offered as they get older.

* alivio del dolor = pain relief.

* de dolor = in pain.

* dolor abdominal = abdominal pain.

* dolor agudo = twinge.

* dolor crónico = chronic pain.

* dolor de barriga = tummy ache.

* dolor de cabeza = headache.

* dolor de cabeza espantoso = splitting headache.

* dolor de corazón = heartache.

* dolor de cuello = neck pain.

* dolor de espalda = backache [back-ache], back pain.

* dolor de estómago = stomach ache, upset stomach.

* dolor de garganta = sore throat.

* dolor de muelas = toothache.

* dolor de oído = earache.

* dolor de ojos = eyestrain [eye strain].

* dolor en la mano al escribir = writer's cramp.

* dolores de parto = birth pangs.

* dolor físico = physical pain.

* dolor fulgurante = shooting stab of pain, shooting pain.

* dolor lancinante = shooting stab of pain, shooting pain.

* dolor menstrual = period pain.

* dolor muscular = muscle pain, muscle ache.

* dolor penetrante = shooting stab of pain, shooting pain.

* dolor pulsante = throbbing pain.

* dolor pulsátil = throbbing pain.

* dolor punzante = throbbing pain, shooting stab of pain, shooting pain, twinge.

* gesto de dolor = wince of pain, wince.

* hacer una mueca de dolor = wince.

* hacer un gesto de dolor = wince.

* molestias y dolores = aches and pains.

* mueca de dolor = wince of pain, wince.

* punzada de dolor = twinge.

* que no causa dolor = painless.

* sin dolor = painless.

* * *

dolor

masculine

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (físico) pain

¿siente mucho dolor? are you in much pain?, does it hurt much?

¿es una punzada o un dolor sordo? is it a sharp pain or a dull ache?

dolores reumáticos/musculares rheumatic/muscular pains

dolores de crecimiento/parto growing/labor* pains

pastillas para el dolor de muelas/oídos pills for (a) toothache/(an) earache

un dolor de cabeza a headache

un dolor de garganta espantoso a terrible sore throat

es un dolor reflejo it's a referred pain

fuertes dolores de estómago sharp o severe stomach pains

no me ha dado más que dolores de cabeza he has given me nothing but headaches, he has been a constant worry to me

te ahorrarás muchos dolores de cabeza you will save yourself a lot of problems o headaches

2

(pena, tristeza): creí que iba a morirme de dolor I thought I was going to die of grief o sorrow

con todo el dolor de mi corazón tuve que decirle que no it broke my heart, but I had to turn him down

con todo el dolor de su corazón tuvo que negarle el regalo it was very painful for him o it was heart-rending for him to have to deny him the gift

no sabes el dolor que me causa su indiferencia you have no idea how much his indifferent attitude hurts o upsets me

el dolor de perder a un ser querido the pain o grief of losing a loved one

* * *

dolor sustantivo masculino
a) ( físico) pain;

◊ sentía mucho dolor he was in a lot of pain;

tener dolor de muelas/cabeza/garganta to have a toothache/a headache/a sore throat
b) (pena, tristeza) pain, grief

dolor sustantivo masculino
1 Med pain
dolor de espalda, backache
2 (aflicción) grief, sorrow
' dolor' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
agudeza
- aliviar
- aliviarse
- amanecer
- ay
- calmar
- chillido
- cicatrizar
- contorsionarse
- dar
- dolerse
- fiel
- fricción
- fuerte
- gemir
- gesto
- indiferente
- infernal
- jaqueca
- latigazo
- matar
- molestar
- molestia
- mueca
- ostensible
- penetrante
- pesar
- pinchazo
- punzada
- punzante
- queja
- quejarse
- quitar
- quitarse
- rabiar
- rechistar
- refleja
- reflejo
- resentirse
- retorcerse
- rictus
- soportar
- sorda
- sordo
- tal
- tener
- traer
- transida
- transido
- aguantador
English:
ache
- aching
- acute
- agonizing
- agony
- alleviate
- any
- backache
- bad
- bear
- bellyache
- comfort
- cover up
- deaden
- distort
- distress
- double up
- dull
- earache
- ease
- excruciating
- experience
- grief
- grimace
- groan
- headache
- help
- inflict
- lessen
- nagging
- numb
- ouch
- overcome
- overwhelming
- pain
- painfully
- painkiller
- painless
- painlessly
- pang
- pass
- pass off
- period pain
- persist
- rack
- raging
- reduce
- relieve
- severe
- severity

* * *

dolor nm

1. [físico] pain;

un dolor sordo a dull pain;

¿dónde tienes el dolor? where does it hurt?;

me dio un dolor tremendo en los riñones I felt a terrible pain in my lower back;

siento un dolor en el costado I have a pain in my side;

hizo un gesto de dolor she winced with pain;

tengo dolor de huesos/dolores musculares my bones/muscles ache

Comp
dolor de barriga bellyache;
dolor de cabeza headache;

tener dolor de cabeza to have a headache;

¡este niño no nos da más que dolores de cabeza! that child does nothing but make trouble for us!;

dolor de estómago stomachache;

dolor de garganta sore throat;

tener dolor de garganta to have a sore throat;

dolores menstruales period pains;

dolor de muelas toothache;

dolor de oídos earache;

tener dolor de oídos to have earache;

dolores del parto labour pains

2. [moral] sorrow;

sentir dolor por algo to feel sorrow at sth;

separarse de su hijo les causó gran dolor being separated from their son was very painful for them;

le comunicó la noticia con gran dolor she told him the news with great sorrow;

lloraba de dolor por su desgracia she wept with sadness at her misfortune;

su fallecimiento nos llena de dolor his death fills us with sorrow;

Comp

con todo el dolor de mi corazón: la castigué con todo el dolor de mi corazón it broke my heart to punish her;

tuve que irme de aquella ciudad con todo el dolor de mi corazón it was heartbreaking for me to have to leave that city

* * *

dolor

m tb fig

pain;

dar dolores de cabeza a alguien fig cause s.o. problems

* * *

dolor nm

1) : pain, ache

dolor de cabeza: headache

2) pena, tristeza: grief, sorrow

* * *

dolor n

1. (físico) pain

la herida me ha producido mucho dolor the wound was very painful

2. (pena) grief

su muerte nos causó un gran dolor his death upset us terribly

dolor de cabeza headache

dolor de estómago stomachache

dolor de garganta sore throat

dolor de muelas toothache

dolor de oídos earache

Spanish-English dictionary > dolor
48 AF

of

* * *

prep. w. dat.

I. Of place:

1) off, from;

G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;

ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;

Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;

Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;

hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;

Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;

tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;

bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;

land af landi, from one land to the other;

hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;

vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;

muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;

rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;

vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;

lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;

vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;

2) out of;

verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;

gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;

Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.

Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.

II. Of time; past, beyond:

af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;

ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;

þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;

var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.

III. In various other relations:

1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;

hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;

vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;

féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;

þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;

þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;

ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;

2) off, of;

höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;

vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;

þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;

absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;

fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;

3) of, among;

hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;

4) with;

hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;

fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;

5) of (= ór which is more frequent);

húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;

6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;

hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;

7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;

ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;

kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;

8) by, of (after passive);

ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;

ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;

9) on account of, by reason of, by;

úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;

ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;

af ástæld hans, by his popularity;

af því, therefore;

af hví, wherefor why;

af því at, because;

10) by means of, by;

framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;

af sínu fé, by one’s own means;

absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;

11) with adjectives, in regard to;

mildr af fé, liberal of money;

góðr af griðum, merciful;

fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;

12) used absol. with a verb, off away;

hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;

ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;

sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.

* * *

prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.

A. Loc.

I. With motion, off, from:

1. prop. corresp. to á,

α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.

β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.

γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.

δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.

ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.

ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).

2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).

II. WITHOUT MOTION:

1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.

2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.

β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.

γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.

3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.

β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.

4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.

B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:

1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.

2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.

3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.

C. In various other relations:

I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.

1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.

2. where an object is taken by force:

α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.

β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.

γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.

3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.

β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.

II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.

β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.

γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.

2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.

β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.

γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.

δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.

3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.

III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.

2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.

IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:

1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.

β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.

2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.

β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.

V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:

1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.

2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.

VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:

1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.

β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.

2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.

β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.

3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.

4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.

5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.

VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:

1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.

β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.

2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.

VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.

IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.

β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;

γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.

δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.

X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.

2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.

XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).

D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:

I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.

II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF
49 П-396

В ПОРЙДКЕ1 В ПОЛНОМ ПОРЯДКЕ PrepP these forms only)
1. \П-396 быть**, оказаться, содержаться, содержать что и т. п. ( subj-compl with copula ( subj: usu. concr) or obj-compl with содержать etc
obj: usu. concr)) (to be, keep sth. etc) in proper condition or order
X в (полном) порядке = X is in (good (perfect)) order
X is perfectly in order X is in good shape (in limited contexts) X is (working (running etc)) fine.
Он (комиссар) повернулся к журналистам. «Ваши документы»... - «У нас документы в полном порядке, товарищ комиссар» (Паустовский 1). Не (the commissar) turned to the journalists. "Your documents."..."Our documents are completely in order, Comrade Commissar" (1b).

Машина никак не заводилась. Мы проверили батарею, но батарея была в порядке. The car just wouldn't start. We checked the battery, but it was fine.

2. ( subj-compl with copula (subj: human) one is well, in good physical or psychological condition, not experiencing difficulties etc: X в порядке - X is all right (OK)
X is doing fine X is in (perfectly) good shape.
«Скажи, Фима, ты вообще-то в порядке?» - он положил руку на плечо старому товарищу (Аксенов 12). "Tell me, Fima, are you all right in general?" He put his hand on his old friend's shoulder (12a).

«Он был в полном порядке, когда они разошлись, - у нее совесть перед ним чиста» (Гроссман 2)..Не was doing fine when they separated - she's got nothing to feel guilty about" (2a)

Сама ты, чувиха, пропащий человек! Мы с Академиком в полном порядке!» (Аксёнов 6). "You're the one who's lost, kid! Academician and I are in perfectly good shape" (6a).

3. все \П-396 (у кого) (с кем-чем) ( subj-compl with copula ( subj: всё)) everything is satisfactory, things are going smoothly, without problems: (y X-a) все в порядке - everything is all right ((just) fine) (with X)
things are going fine (for X) everything is in order
у X-a всё в порядке с Y-ом - as far as thing Y goes (is concerned), X is doing fine (is in good shape, is all right)

Neg у X-a с Y-ом не всё в порядке - X has a problem (some problems etc) with Y (in thing Y).

«Ничего, Любаша!.. Всё будет в порядке!.. Вы у меня будете жить хорошо» (Шукшин 1). "Don't worry, Lyubasha!... Everything will turn out all right!.. You'll have a good life with me..." (1a).

«Всё в порядке?» - «Все в порядке», -...ответила Варя... (Рыбаков 2). "Everything all right?" he asked. "Yes, everything's fine," Varya answered... (2a).

С жадностью начал он расспрашивать этих женщин, не заметили ль они чего вчера вечером. Те очень хорошо понимали, о чём он разузнаёт, и разуверили его вполне: никого не было, ночевал Иван Фёдорович, «всё было в совершенном порядке» (Достоевский 1). Greedily he began inquiring of the women whether they had noticed anything the previous evening. They knew very well what he was trying to find out and reassured him completely: no one had come, Ivan Fyodorovich had spent the night there, "everything was in perfect order" (1a).

За такой стиль, конечно, надо убивать, но... я промямлил, что по части стиля у него всё в порядке, хотя есть некоторые шероховатости... (Войнович 6). For such writing а man should be shot. But...1 mumbled that as far as style went, he was in good shape, though there were a few rough spots... (6a).

Ты же знаешь, я не секретарь Союза писателей, не член партии и с пятым пунктом у меня не всё в порядке» (Войнович 6). "You know I'm not a secretary of the Writers' Union. I'm not a Party member. And I have a slight problem in the ethnic origin area" (6a).

«C обжираловкой у вас всё в порядке, - объявил старший великан, - посмотрим, как у вас с опиваловкой» (Искандер 5). ( context transl) "You're all set on trenchering," the eldest giant announced. "Let's see how you are on swilling" (5a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > П-396
50 в полном порядке

• В ПОРЯДКЕ; В ПОЛНОМ ПОРЯДКЕ

[PrepP; these forms only]

=====

1. в полном порядке быть, оказаться, содержаться, содержать что и т.п. [subj-compl with copula (subj: usu. concr) or obj-compl with содержать etc (obj: usu. concr)]

⇒ (to be, keep sth. etc) in proper condition or order:

- X в (полном) порядке≈ X is in (good < perfect>) order;

- X is perfectly in order;

- X is in good shape;

- [in limited contexts] X is (working <running etc>) fine.

     ♦ Он [комиссар] повернулся к журналистам. "Ваши документы"... - "У нас документы в полном порядке, товарищ комиссар" (Паустовский 1). Не [the commissar] turned to the journalists. "Your documents."..."Our documents are completely in order, Comrade Commissar" (1b).

     ♦ Машина никак не заводилась. Мы проверили батарею, но батарея была в порядке. The car just wouldn't start. We checked the battery, but it was fine.

2. [subj-compl with copula (subj: human)]

⇒ one is well, in good physical or psychological condition, not experiencing difficulties etc:

- X в порядке≈ X is all right <OK>;

- X is doing fine;

- X is in (perfectly) good shape.

     ♦ "Скажи, Фима, ты вообще-то в порядке?" - он положил руку на плечо старому товарищу (Аксенов 12). "Tell me, Fima, are you all right in general?" He put his hand on his old friend's shoulder (12a).

     ♦ "Он был в полном порядке, когда они разошлись, - у нее совесть перед ним чиста" (Гроссман 2). "...He was doing fine when they separated - she's got nothing to feel guilty about" (2a)

     ♦ "Сама ты, чувиха, пропащий человек! Мы с Академиком в полном порядке!" (Аксёнов 6). "You're the one who's lost, kid! Academician and I are in perfectly good shape" (6a).

3. все в полном порядке (у кого) (с кем-чем) [subj-compl with copula (subj: всё)]

⇒ everything is satisfactory, things are going smoothly, without problems:

- (y X-a) все в порядке≈ everything is all right < (just) fine> (with X);

- things are going fine (for X);

- everything is in order;

|| у X-a всё в порядке с Y-ом≈ as far as thing Y goes < is concerned>, X is doing fine <is in good shape, is all right>;

|| Neg у X-a с Y-ом не всё в порядке≈ X has a problem (some problems etc) with Y < in thing Y>.

     ♦ "Ничего, Любаша!.. Всё будет в порядке!.. Вы у меня будете жить хорошо" (Шукшин 1). "Don't worry, Lyubasha!... Everything will turn out all right!.. You'll have a good life with me..." (1a).

     ♦ "Всё в порядке?" - "Все в порядке", -...ответила Варя... (Рыбаков 2). "Everything all right?" he asked. "Yes, everything's fine," Varya answered... (2a).

     ♦ С жадностью начал он расспрашивать этих женщин, не заметили ль они чего вчера вечером. Те очень хорошо понимали, о чём он разузнаёт, и разуверили его вполне: никого не было, ночевал Иван Фёдорович, "всё было в совершенном порядке" (Достоевский 1). Greedily he began inquiring of the women whether they had noticed anything the previous evening. They knew very well what he was trying to find out and reassured him completely: no one had come, Ivan Fyodorovich had spent the night there, "everything was in perfect order" (1a).

     ♦ За такой стиль, конечно, надо убивать, но... я промямлил, что по части стиля у него всё в порядке, хотя есть некоторые шероховатости... (Войнович 6). For such writing a man should be shot. But...I mumbled that as far as style went, he was in good shape, though there were a few rough spots... (6a).

     ♦ "Ты же знаешь, я не секретарь Союза писателей, не член партии и с пятым пунктом у меня не всё в порядке" (Войнович 6). "You know I'm not a secretary of the Writers' Union. I'm not a Party member. And I have a slight problem in the ethnic origin area" (6a).

     ♦ "С обжираловкой у вас всё в порядке, - объявил старший великан, - посмотрим, как у вас с опиваловкой" (Искандер 5). [context transl] "You're all set on trenchering," the eldest giant announced. "Let's see how you are on swilling" (5a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > в полном порядке
51 в порядке

I

• В ПОРЯДКЕ; В ПОЛНОМ ПОРЯДКЕ

[PrepP; these forms only]

=====

1. в порядке быть, оказаться, содержаться, содержать что и т.п. [subj-compl with copula (subj: usu. concr) or obj-compl with содержать etc (obj: usu. concr)]

⇒ (to be, keep sth. etc) in proper condition or order:

- X в (полном) порядке≈ X is in (good < perfect>) order;

- X is perfectly in order;

- X is in good shape;

- [in limited contexts] X is (working <running etc>) fine.

     ♦ Он [комиссар] повернулся к журналистам. "Ваши документы"... - "У нас документы в полном порядке, товарищ комиссар" (Паустовский 1). Не [the commissar] turned to the journalists. "Your documents."..."Our documents are completely in order, Comrade Commissar" (1b).

     ♦ Машина никак не заводилась. Мы проверили батарею, но батарея была в порядке. The car just wouldn't start. We checked the battery, but it was fine.

2. [subj-compl with copula (subj: human)]

⇒ one is well, in good physical or psychological condition, not experiencing difficulties etc:

- X в порядке≈ X is all right <OK>;

- X is doing fine;

- X is in (perfectly) good shape.

     ♦ "Скажи, Фима, ты вообще-то в порядке?" - он положил руку на плечо старому товарищу (Аксенов 12). "Tell me, Fima, are you all right in general?" He put his hand on his old friend's shoulder (12a).

     ♦ "Он был в полном порядке, когда они разошлись, - у нее совесть перед ним чиста" (Гроссман 2). "...He was doing fine when they separated - she's got nothing to feel guilty about" (2a)

     ♦ "Сама ты, чувиха, пропащий человек! Мы с Академиком в полном порядке!" (Аксёнов 6). "You're the one who's lost, kid! Academician and I are in perfectly good shape" (6a).

3. все в порядке (у кого) (с кем-чем) [subj-compl with copula (subj: всё)]

⇒ everything is satisfactory, things are going smoothly, without problems:

- (y X-a) все в порядке≈ everything is all right < (just) fine> (with X);

- things are going fine (for X);

- everything is in order;

|| у X-a всё в порядке с Y-ом≈ as far as thing Y goes < is concerned>, X is doing fine <is in good shape, is all right>;

|| Neg у X-a с Y-ом не всё в порядке≈ X has a problem (some problems etc) with Y < in thing Y>.

     ♦ "Ничего, Любаша!.. Всё будет в порядке!.. Вы у меня будете жить хорошо" (Шукшин 1). "Don't worry, Lyubasha!... Everything will turn out all right!.. You'll have a good life with me..." (1a).

     ♦ "Всё в порядке?" - "Все в порядке", -...ответила Варя... (Рыбаков 2). "Everything all right?" he asked. "Yes, everything's fine," Varya answered... (2a).

     ♦ С жадностью начал он расспрашивать этих женщин, не заметили ль они чего вчера вечером. Те очень хорошо понимали, о чём он разузнаёт, и разуверили его вполне: никого не было, ночевал Иван Фёдорович, "всё было в совершенном порядке" (Достоевский 1). Greedily he began inquiring of the women whether they had noticed anything the previous evening. They knew very well what he was trying to find out and reassured him completely: no one had come, Ivan Fyodorovich had spent the night there, "everything was in perfect order" (1a).

     ♦ За такой стиль, конечно, надо убивать, но... я промямлил, что по части стиля у него всё в порядке, хотя есть некоторые шероховатости... (Войнович 6). For such writing a man should be shot. But...I mumbled that as far as style went, he was in good shape, though there were a few rough spots... (6a).

     ♦ "Ты же знаешь, я не секретарь Союза писателей, не член партии и с пятым пунктом у меня не всё в порядке" (Войнович 6). "You know I'm not a secretary of the Writers' Union. I'm not a Party member. And I have a slight problem in the ethnic origin area" (6a).

     ♦ "С обжираловкой у вас всё в порядке, - объявил старший великан, - посмотрим, как у вас с опиваловкой" (Искандер 5). [context transl] "You're all set on trenchering," the eldest giant announced. "Let's see how you are on swilling" (5a).

II

• В ПОРЯДКЕ чего offic

[PrepP; Invar; Prep; the resulting PrepP is adv]

=====

1. in the capacity or function of, serving as:

- by way of;

- as.

     ♦ Комитет постановил в порядке наказания исключить эту спортсменку из сборной команды страны. As punishment, the committee decided to remove the athlete from the national team.

2. following sth., in accordance with sth.:

- in keeping with;

- because it is part of;

- in the course of.

     ♦ Лабазов сказал, что стихи он читает только в порядке служебных обязанностей (Эренбург 1). Labazov said he read poems only because it was part of his duties (1a).

     ♦ Персональное дело - это такое дело, когда большой коллектив людей собирается в кучу, чтоб в порядке внутривидовой борьбы удушить одного из себе подобных сдуру, по злобе или же просто так (Войнович 4). A personal case is when a large human group closes ranks in the course of an interspecific struggle, to suffocate one of its members, out of sheer foolishness, out of malice, or for no reason at all (4a).

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > в порядке
52 acuerdo

m.

1 agreement (pacto).

llegar a un acuerdo to reach (an) agreement

acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade

acuerdo marco (industry) framework agreement

acuerdo sobre productividad (industry) productivity agreement

acuerdo tácito tacit agreement

2 resolution.

3 settlement of a claim.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: acordar.

* * *

acuerdo

► nombre masculino

1 agreement

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

¡de acuerdo! all right!, O.K.!

de acuerdo con in accordance with

de común acuerdo by mutual agreement, by common consent

estar de acuerdo to agree ( con, with)

llegar a un acuerdo to come to an agreement

ponerse de acuerdo to agree

acuerdo marco framework agreement

* * *

noun m.

agreement, deal, understanding

- de acuerdo
- de acuerdo con
- estar de acuerdo
* * *

SM

1) (=decisión conjunta) agreement; [implícito, informal] understanding; [de negocios] deal

ambas partes quieren llegar a un acuerdo — both parties wish to come to o reach an agreement

tenemos una especie de acuerdo para no hacernos la competencia — we have a sort of understanding that we will not become competitors

llegaron a un acuerdo sin necesidad de acudir a juicio — they settled out of court

• de común acuerdo — by mutual agreement, by mutual consent

• de o por mutuo acuerdo — by mutual agreement, by mutual consent

• tomar un acuerdo, no tomaron ni un solo acuerdo en la reunión — nothing was agreed on in the meeting

se tomó el acuerdo de ofrecer ayuda a los países afectados — it was agreed to give aid to the affected countries

acuerdo de desarme — disarmament agreement, arms agreement

acuerdo de pago respectivo — (Com) knock-for-knock agreement, no-fault agreement (EEUU)

acuerdo de paz — peace agreement

acuerdo de pesca — fishing agreement

acuerdo de principio — agreement in principle

acuerdo entre caballeros — gentlemen's agreement

Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles Aduaneros y Comercio — General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade

acuerdo marco — framework agreement

acuerdo prematrimonial — prenuptial agreement

acuerdo tácito — unspoken agreement, tacit agreement

acuerdo verbal — verbal agreement

2)

• de acuerdo —

a) [independiente] OK, all right

sí, de acuerdo — yes, OK, yes, all right

cada uno pondremos 40 euros ¿de acuerdo? — we'll each put in 40 euros, OK o all right?

b)

• estar de acuerdo — to agree, be in agreement frm

en eso estamos de acuerdo — we agree on that, we're in agreement on that frm

sigo sin estar de acuerdo — I still don't agree

estoy totalmente de acuerdo contigo — I totally agree with you

estoy de acuerdo con que deberíamos mudarnos de casa — I agree that we should move house

c)

• ponerse de acuerdo — to come to an agreement, reach (an) agreement

aún no nos hemos puesto de acuerdo — we still haven't come to an agreement, we still haven reached (an) agreement

no se ponían de acuerdo en nada — they couldn't agree on anything

d)

• de acuerdo con — according to, in accordance with frm

todo se hizo de acuerdo con las reglas — everything was done according to o frm in accordance with the regulations

de acuerdo con el artículo 27 — as laid down in article 27, in accordance with article 27 frm

de acuerdo con estas fuentes, las dos mujeres fueron secuestradas — according to these sources, the two women were kidnapped

una casa de acuerdo con sus necesidades — a house to suit their needs

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( arreglo) agreement

llegar a or alcanzar un acuerdo — to reach an agreement

de común acuerdo — by mutual agreement

b) ( pacto) agreement

acuerdo de paz — peace agreement o (frml) accord

2) (en locs)

a)

de acuerdo: estar de acuerdo to agree; ponerse de acuerdo to come to o reach an agreement; estar de acuerdo en algo to agree on something; estamos de acuerdo en que... we all agree o we're all agreed that...; estar de acuerdo con alguien/algo to agree with somebody/something; no estoy de acuerdo con pagarle tanto I don't think we should pay him so much; ¿mañana a las ocho? - de acuerdo — (indep) tomorrow at eight? - OK o all right

b)

de acuerdo con or a — in accordance with

* * *

= agreement, arrangement, compromise, convention, partnership, understanding, covenant, accord, partnering, pact, accommodation, bargaining, settlement.

Ex. Complete agreement had not been possible, but the numbers of rules where divergent practices were evident is limited.

Ex. This arrangement is faster than waiting until documents are ordered.

Ex. A compromise between expressive and non-expressive notation is to be found in the Second Edition of the Bliss Bibliographic Classification Scheme.

Ex. Enter a concordat, 'modus vivendi', convention, or other formal agreement between the Holy See and a national government or other political jurisdiction under the party whose catalogue entry heading is first in English alphabetic order.

Ex. The partnership between the CLT and industry is considered in some detail.

Ex. A basic understanding in the concept of these libraries was the desire to confront the user with shelved books on entering and while moving through the building.

Ex. The article 'Public library: the Trojan Horse covenant' argues that too much emphasis is now placed on the privatisation of libraries, their transformation into information centres and collections which mirror current demands.

Ex. Only then, within the framework of inter-institutional accord, will academic library cooperative activities move forward more rapidly and purposefully.

Ex. These include partnering with: principals, teachers, community members, public librarians and businesses.

Ex. Issues discussed at some length included problems arising from a recent copyright pact with the USA and how each country can obtain access to the best literature of the other.

Ex. Whatever structure emerges will be one of accommodation and acceptance by the various stakeholders both in and outside the library.

Ex. The article is entitled 'Participatory something or other through bargaining'.

Ex. These settlements require the tobacco companies to make annual payments to the states in perpetuity, with total payments estimated at $246.

----

* aceptar los términos de un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* acuerdo bilateral = bilateral agreement.

* acuerdo con el fiscal = plea bargaining.

* acuerdo con el juez = plea bargaining, plea bargaining.

* acuerdo contractual = contractual agreement.

* acuerdo de colaboración = collaborative partnership, partnership agreement.

* acuerdo de cooperación = collaborative partnership.

* acuerdo de licencia = licensing agreement, licensing arrangement.

* acuerdo de paz = peace agreement.

* acuerdo económico = financial arrangement.

* acuerdo escrito = written agreement.

* acuerdo financiero = financial arrangement.

* Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio (GATT) = General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT).

* acuerdo internacional = modus vivendi.

* acuerdo legal = legal agreement, legal settlement.

* acuerdo multilateral = multilateral agreement.

* acuerdo muto = meeting of (the) minds.

* acuerdo salarial = salary agreement.

* acuerdo secreto = secret deal.

* acuerdo sindical = union contract.

* acuerdo sobre el precio mínimo de los libros = net book agreement.

* acuerdo verbal = verbal agreement.

* alcanzar un acuerdo = reach + agreement, reach + compromise, hammer out + agreement.

* celebrar un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* cerrar un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, conclude + deal.

* compras fuera de acuerdos con proveedores = maverick spending.

* concertar un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, conclude + deal.

* contraer un acuerdo = contract + agreement.

* creación de acuerdo de colaboración = partnership building.

* crear un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* críticos + no estar de acuerdo = critics + be divided.

* cumplir (con) un acuerdo = honour + commitment, honour + agreement, fill + Posesivo + agreement.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, judging from.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + view.

* dependiendo del acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* elaborar un acuerdo = draw up + agreement.

* establecer un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.

* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.

* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.

* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, jive with.

* estar de acuerdo (con = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.

* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.

* estar totalmente de acuerdo con = be all for.

* firmar acuerdo = write + agreement.

* firmar un acuerdo = tie + the knot.

* llegar a acuerdo = make + arrangements.

* llegar a un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, reach + agreement, make + an undertaking, make + bargain, come to + consensus, reach + understanding, have + meeting of the minds, reach + consensus, hammer out + agreement, develop + compromise, work out + agreement, strike + deal, conclude + deal.

* negociar un acuerdo = negotiate + agreement.

* no estar de acuerdo = be at variance, disagree, beg to differ.

* no estar de acuerdo (con) = disapprove (of).

* no estar de acuerdo con la idea de = disapprove of + the idea of.

* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* ratificar un acuerdo = ratify + convention.

* renegociar un acuerdo = renegotiate + agreement.

* respetar un acuerdo = honour + commitment, honour + agreement.

* romper un acuerdo = sever + arrangement.

* si se llega a un acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* todos + estar de acuerdo = agree on + all hands.

* vivir de acuerdo con + Posesivo + ideales = live up to + Posesivo + ideals.

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( arreglo) agreement

llegar a or alcanzar un acuerdo — to reach an agreement

de común acuerdo — by mutual agreement

b) ( pacto) agreement

acuerdo de paz — peace agreement o (frml) accord

2) (en locs)

a)

de acuerdo: estar de acuerdo to agree; ponerse de acuerdo to come to o reach an agreement; estar de acuerdo en algo to agree on something; estamos de acuerdo en que... we all agree o we're all agreed that...; estar de acuerdo con alguien/algo to agree with somebody/something; no estoy de acuerdo con pagarle tanto I don't think we should pay him so much; ¿mañana a las ocho? - de acuerdo — (indep) tomorrow at eight? - OK o all right

b)

de acuerdo con or a — in accordance with

* * *

= agreement, arrangement, compromise, convention, partnership, understanding, covenant, accord, partnering, pact, accommodation, bargaining, settlement.

Ex: Complete agreement had not been possible, but the numbers of rules where divergent practices were evident is limited.

Ex: This arrangement is faster than waiting until documents are ordered.

Ex: A compromise between expressive and non-expressive notation is to be found in the Second Edition of the Bliss Bibliographic Classification Scheme.

Ex: Enter a concordat, 'modus vivendi', convention, or other formal agreement between the Holy See and a national government or other political jurisdiction under the party whose catalogue entry heading is first in English alphabetic order.

Ex: The partnership between the CLT and industry is considered in some detail.

Ex: A basic understanding in the concept of these libraries was the desire to confront the user with shelved books on entering and while moving through the building.

Ex: The article 'Public library: the Trojan Horse covenant' argues that too much emphasis is now placed on the privatisation of libraries, their transformation into information centres and collections which mirror current demands.

Ex: Only then, within the framework of inter-institutional accord, will academic library cooperative activities move forward more rapidly and purposefully.

Ex: These include partnering with: principals, teachers, community members, public librarians and businesses.

Ex: Issues discussed at some length included problems arising from a recent copyright pact with the USA and how each country can obtain access to the best literature of the other.

Ex: Whatever structure emerges will be one of accommodation and acceptance by the various stakeholders both in and outside the library.

Ex: The article is entitled 'Participatory something or other through bargaining'.

Ex: These settlements require the tobacco companies to make annual payments to the states in perpetuity, with total payments estimated at $246.

* aceptar los términos de un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* acuerdo bilateral = bilateral agreement.

* acuerdo con el fiscal = plea bargaining.

* acuerdo con el juez = plea bargaining, plea bargaining.

* acuerdo contractual = contractual agreement.

* acuerdo de colaboración = collaborative partnership, partnership agreement.

* acuerdo de cooperación = collaborative partnership.

* acuerdo de licencia = licensing agreement, licensing arrangement.

* acuerdo de paz = peace agreement.

* acuerdo económico = financial arrangement.

* acuerdo escrito = written agreement.

* acuerdo financiero = financial arrangement.

* Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio (GATT) = General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (GATT).

* acuerdo internacional = modus vivendi.

* acuerdo legal = legal agreement, legal settlement.

* acuerdo multilateral = multilateral agreement.

* acuerdo muto = meeting of (the) minds.

* acuerdo salarial = salary agreement.

* acuerdo secreto = secret deal.

* acuerdo sindical = union contract.

* acuerdo sobre el precio mínimo de los libros = net book agreement.

* acuerdo verbal = verbal agreement.

* alcanzar un acuerdo = reach + agreement, reach + compromise, hammer out + agreement.

* celebrar un acuerdo = enter into + agreement.

* cerrar un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, conclude + deal.

* compras fuera de acuerdos con proveedores = maverick spending.

* concertar un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, conclude + deal.

* contraer un acuerdo = contract + agreement.

* creación de acuerdo de colaboración = partnership building.

* crear un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* críticos + no estar de acuerdo = critics + be divided.

* cumplir (con) un acuerdo = honour + commitment, honour + agreement, fill + Posesivo + agreement.

* de acuerdo = okay, granted, all right, in concert, in agreement, okeydokey! [okidoki], in consort.

* de acuerdo a = according to.

* de acuerdo con = according to, consistent with, in harmony with, in accordance with, in concert with, in keeping with, in line with, in step with, in tune with, by, pursuant to, in concurrence with, based on, in agreement with, as far as + Sujeto + Verbo, in consonance with, in accord with, judging by, to judge by, in conformity with, judging from.

* de acuerdo con este documento = hereunder.

* de acuerdo con esto = accordingly.

* de acuerdo con la búsqueda de cadenas de caracteres = on a string search basis.

* de acuerdo con la estación del año = seasonally.

* de acuerdo con la ley = according to law.

* de acuerdo con la tendencia hacia = in the trend towards.

* de acuerdo con + Nombre = as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, going on + Nombre.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + bolsillo = according to + Posesivo + pocket.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + opinión = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Posesivo + parecer = in + Posesivo + view, in + Posesivo + opinion.

* de acuerdo con + Pronombre = in + Posesivo + view.

* dependiendo del acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* elaborar un acuerdo = draw up + agreement.

* establecer un acuerdo = work out + agreement.

* estando de acuerdo = approvingly.

* estar completamente de acuerdo con = agree + wholeheartedly with.

* estar de acuerdo = approve, be in agreement, concur (with), be agreed.

* estar de acuerdo con = accord with, conform to, fit, go along with, fit with, be in conformity with, mesh with, jive with.

* estar de acuerdo (con = see + eye to eye (with/on).

* estar de acuerdo en que no + estar + de acuerdo = agree to + disagree.

* estar de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* estar de acuerdo unánimemente = agree on + all hands.

* estar totalmente de acuerdo con = be all for.

* firmar acuerdo = write + agreement.

* firmar un acuerdo = tie + the knot.

* llegar a acuerdo = make + arrangements.

* llegar a un acuerdo = conclude + agreement, reach + agreement, make + an undertaking, make + bargain, come to + consensus, reach + understanding, have + meeting of the minds, reach + consensus, hammer out + agreement, develop + compromise, work out + agreement, strike + deal, conclude + deal.

* negociar un acuerdo = negotiate + agreement.

* no estar de acuerdo = be at variance, disagree, beg to differ.

* no estar de acuerdo (con) = disapprove (of).

* no estar de acuerdo con la idea de = disapprove of + the idea of.

* ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).

* ratificar un acuerdo = ratify + convention.

* renegociar un acuerdo = renegotiate + agreement.

* respetar un acuerdo = honour + commitment, honour + agreement.

* romper un acuerdo = sever + arrangement.

* si se llega a un acuerdo = subject to + agreement.

* si todo va de acuerdo a lo planeado = all (other) things being equal.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* todos + estar de acuerdo = agree on + all hands.

* vivir de acuerdo con + Posesivo + ideales = live up to + Posesivo + ideals.

* * *

acuerdo

masculine

A

1 (arreglo) agreement

llegar a or alcanzar un acuerdo to reach an agreement

se separaron de común acuerdo they separated by mutual agreement

2 (pacto) agreement

un acuerdo verbal a verbal agreement

los acuerdos de paz the peace agreements o ( frml) accords

Compuestos:

● acuerdo de asociación

(UE) association agreement

● acuerdo marco

outline agreement

● acuerdo prematrimonial

prenuptial agreement

● acuerdo salarial

wage settlement

B ( en locs)

1

de acuerdo ( loc adv): todos estamos de acuerdo we all agree

al final se pusieron de acuerdo in the end they came to o reached an agreement

de acuerdo EN algo:

están de acuerdo en todo they agree on everything

estamos de acuerdo en que va a ser difícil we all agree o we're all agreed that it's going to be difficult

estar de acuerdo CON algn/algo to agree WITH sb/sth

sobre ese punto estoy de acuerdo con ellos I agree with them on that point

no estoy de acuerdo contigo I don't agree with you, I disagree with you

no estoy de acuerdo con pagarle tanto I don't agree o I disagree with paying him so much

no estoy de acuerdo con lo que acabas de decir I don't agree with what you've just said

2

de acuerdo ( indep) OK, okay

¿mañana a las ocho? — de acuerdo tomorrow at eight? — OK o all right

salimos a las 6 ¿de acuerdo? we leave at 6, OK o okay?

3

de acuerdo con or a ( loc prep) in accordance with

de acuerdo con lo establecido en el contrato in accordance with what is laid down in the contract ( frml), as laid down in the contract

* * *

Del verbo acordar: ( conjugate acordar)

acuerdo es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

Multiple Entries:
acordar
acuerdo
acordar ( conjugate acordar) verbo transitivo ‹ términos› to agree;
‹precio/fecha› to agree (on)
■ verbo intransitivo (Andes) ( recordar) acuerdole a algn de hacer algo/que haga algo to remind sb to do sth
acordarse verbo pronominal
to remember;
◊ si mal no me acuerdo if I remember right;

acuerdose de algn/algo to remember sb/sth;
no quiero ni acuerdome I don't even want to think about it;
acuerdose de hacer algo (de una acción que hay/había que realizar) to remember to do sth;

( de una acción que ya se realizó) to remember o recall doing sth;
◊ se acordó de haberlo visto allí she remembered o recalled seeing him there;

acuerdose (de) que … to remember that …
acuerdo sustantivo masculino
a) (arreglo, pacto) agreement;

◊ llegar a un acuerdo to reach an agreement; acuerdo de paz peace agreement o (frml) accord

b)

◊ estar de acuerdo to agree;

ponerse de acuerdo to come to o reach an agreement;
estar de acuerdo en algo to agree on something;
estar de acuerdo con algn/algo to agree with sb/sth;
¿mañana a las ocho? — de acuerdo ( indep) tomorrow at eight? — OK o all right
c) de acuerdo con or a in accordance with

acordar verbo transitivo to agree: los sindicatos acordaron convocar una huelga, the trade unions agreed to call a strike ➣ Ver nota en agree
acuerdo sustantivo masculino
1 agreement
acuerdo marco, framework agreement
2 (conformidad) estoy de acuerdo contigo, I agree with you
estoy de acuerdo en que es un disparate, I agree that it's ridiculous
estábamos de acuerdo en vender la casa, we agreed to sell the house
nunca se ponen de acuerdo, they never agree ➣ Ver nota en agree
3 excl (asentimiento) ¡de acuerdo!, all right!, O.K.! ➣ Ver nota en all right
♦ Locuciones: de acuerdo con, (según) in accordance with
de común acuerdo, by common consent
' acuerdo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acordarse
- aunar
- bien
- bilateral
- botepronto
- cerrar
- cierta
- cierto
- coincidir
- compromisaria
- compromisario
- compromiso
- comulgar
- común
- concesión
- conforme
- cumplir
- dialogar
- dinamitar
- entendimiento
- entorpecer
- estar
- excepto
- luego
- misma
- mismo
- prematrimonial
- refrendar
- saldar
- según
- sellar
- suscribir
- tácita
- tácito
- tardía
- tardío
- tratado
- tripartita
- tripartito
- unitaria
- unitario
- vendedor
- vendedora
- verificarse
- vulnerar
- acordar
- alcanzar
- aplicar
- aprobación
- aprobar
English:
accord
- accordance
- advantageous
- affirm
- agree
- agreeable
- agreement
- all right
- altogether
- amicable
- approve
- approve of
- arms control
- arrangement
- assent
- back away
- beg
- blank
- bond
- compromise
- concur
- convenient
- deadlock
- deal
- disagree
- enter into
- equitable
- fall through
- few
- formalize
- fulfillment
- fulfilment
- full
- go along with
- grant
- hammer out
- honourable
- hope
- horn
- how
- informal
- issue
- keep
- keeping
- lip
- long-standing
- many
- most
- OK
- okay

* * *

acuerdo

♦ ver acordar

♦ nm

1. [determinación, pacto] agreement;

un acuerdo verbal a verbal agreement;

llegar a un acuerdo to reach (an) agreement;

tomar un acuerdo to make a decision;

no hubo acuerdo they did not reach (an) agreement;

de común acuerdo by common consent

Comp
acuerdo arancelario tariff agreement;
acuerdo comercial trade agreement;

Acuerdo General sobre Aranceles y Comercio General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade;
Informát acuerdo de licencia licence agreement;
acuerdo marco general o framework agreement;

acuerdo de paz peace agreement o deal;
Fin acuerdo de recompra repurchase agreement;
acuerdo salarial pay agreement, pay deal;

acuerdo tácito tacit agreement

2. Am [recuerdo]
hazme acuerdo de comprar pan remind me to buy some bread

3. Méx [reunión] staff meeting

♦ de acuerdo loc adv

1. [conforme]
estar de acuerdo (con algo/alguien) to agree (with sth/sb);

estar de acuerdo en algo to agree on sth;

estamos de acuerdo en que es necesario encontrar una solución we agree that we have to find a solution;

ponerse de acuerdo (con alguien) to agree (with sb), to come to an agreement (with sb)

2. [bien, vale] all right;

lo traeré mañana – de acuerdo I'll bring it tomorrow – all right o fine;

de acuerdo, me has convencido, lo haremos a tu manera all right, you've convinced me, we'll do it your way

3.
de acuerdo con [conforme a] in accordance with;

de acuerdo con cifras oficiales… according to official figures…

* * *

acuerdo

m

1 agreement;

acuerdo comercial trade agreement;

estar de acuerdo con agree with, be in agreement with;

llegar a un acuerdo, ponerse de acuerdo come to o reach an agreement ( con with);

tomar un acuerdo reach an agreement;

de común acuerdo by mutual agreement;

¡de acuerdo! all right!, OK!

2

:

de acuerdo con algo in accordance with sth

* * *

acuerdo nm

1) : agreement

2)

estar de acuerdo : to agree

3)

de acuerdo con : in accordance with

4)

de acuerdo : OK, all right

* * *

acuerdo n agreement

de acuerdo all right / OK

estar de acuerdo to agree

ponerse de acuerdo to agree

Spanish-English dictionary > acuerdo
53 -ne

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > -ne
54 adeo

1.
ăd-ĕo, ĭī, and rarely īvi, ĭtum (arch. adirier for adiri, Enn. Rib. Trag. p. 59), 4, v. n. and a. (acc. to Paul. ex Fest. should be accented a/deo; v. Fest. s. v. adeo, p. 19 Müll.; cf. the foll. word), to go to or approach a person or thing (syn.: accedo, aggredior, advenio, appeto).
I.
Lit.
A.
In gen., constr.
(α).
With ad (very freq.): sed tibi cautim est adeundum ad virum, Att. ap. Non. 512, 10:
neque eum ad me adire neque me magni pendere visu'st,
Plaut. Cur. 2, 2, 12:
adeamne ad eam?
Ter. And. 4, 1, 15; id. Eun. 3, 5, 30: aut ad consules aut ad te aut ad Brutum adissent, Cic. Fragm. ap. Non. 208, 5:
ad M. Bibulum adierunt, id. Fragm. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: ad aedis nostras nusquam adiit,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 1, 24:
adibam ad istum fundum,
Cic. Caec. 29 —
(β).
With in: priusquam Romam atque in horum conventum adiretis, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 11, § 26 ed. Halm.—Esp.: adire in jus, to go to law:
cum ad praetorem in jus adissemus,
Cic. Verr. 4, § 147; id. Att. 11, 24; Caes. B. C. 1, 87, and in the Plebiscit. de Thermens. lin. 42: QVO DE EA RE IN IOVS ADITVM ERIT, cf. Dirks., Versuche S. p. 193.—
(γ).
Absol.:
adeunt, consistunt, copulantur dexteras,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 2, 38:
eccum video: adibo,
Ter. Eun. 5, 7, 5.—
(δ).
With acc.:
ne Stygeos adeam non libera manes,
Ov. M. 13, 465:
voces aetherias adiere domos,
Sil. 6, 253:
castrorum vias,
Tac. A. 2, 13:
municipia,
id. ib. 39:
provinciam,
Suet. Aug. 47:
non poterant adire eum,
Vulg. Luc. 8, 19:
Graios sales carmine patrio,
to attain to, Verg. Cat. 11, 62; so with latter supine:
planioribus aditu locis,
places easier to approach, Liv. 1, 33.—With local adv.:
quoquam,
Sall. J. 14:
huc,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 60.—
B.
Esp.,
1.
To approach one for the purpose of addressing, asking aid, consulting, and the like, to address, apply to, consult (diff. from aggredior, q. v.). —Constr. with ad or oftener with acc.; hence also pass.:
quanto satius est, adire blandis verbis atque exquaerere, sintne illa, etc.,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 35:
aliquot me adierunt,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 2:
adii te heri de filia,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 9: cum pacem peto, cum placo, cum adeo, et cum appello meam, Lucil. ap. Non. 237, 28:
ad me adire quosdam memini, qui dicerent,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10:
coram adire et alloqui,
Tac. H. 4, 65.— Pass.:
aditus consul idem illud responsum retulit,
when applied to, Liv. 37, 6 fin.:
neque praetores adiri possent,
Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5.—Hence: adire aliquem per epistulam, to address one in writing, by a letter:
per epistulam, aut per nuntium, quasi regem, adiri eum aiunt,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 9 and 10; cf. Tac. A. 4, 39; id. H. 1, 9.—So also: adire deos, aras, deorum sedes, etc., to approach the gods, their altars, etc., as a suppliant (cf.:
acced. ad aras,
Lucr. 5, 1199): quoi me ostendam? quod templum adeam? Att. ap. Non. 281, 6:
ut essent simulacra, quae venerantes deos ipsos se adire crederent,
Cic. N. D. 1, 27:
adii Dominum et deprecatus sum,
Vulg. Sap. 8, 21:
aras,
Cic. Phil. 14, 1:
sedes deorum,
Tib. 1, 5, 39:
libros Sibyllinos,
to consult the Sibylline Books, Liv. 34, 55; cf. Tac. A. 1, 76:
oracula,
Verg. A. 7, 82.—
2.
To go to a thing in order to examine it, to visit:
oppida castellaque munita,
Sall. J. 94:
hiberna,
Tac. H. 1, 52.—
3.
To come up to one in a hostile manner, to assail, attack:
aliquem: nunc prior adito tu, ego in insidiis hic ero,
Ter. Ph. 1, 4, 52:
nec quisquam ex agmine tanto audet adire virum,
Verg. A. 5, 379:
Servilius obvia adire arma jubetur,
Sil. 9, 272.
II.
Fig.
A.
To go to the performance of any act, to enter upon, to undertake, set about, undergo, submit to (cf.: accedo, aggredior, and adorior).—With ad or the acc. (class.):
nunc eam rem vult, scio, mecum adire ad pactionem,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 25:
tum primum nos ad causas et privatas et publicas adire coepimus,
Cic. Brut. 90:
adii causas oratorum, id. Fragm. Scaur. ap. Arus. p. 213 Lind.: adire ad rem publicam,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 24, 70:
ad extremum periculum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 7.—With acc.:
periculum capitis,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38:
laboribus susceptis periculisque aditis,
id. Off. 1, 19:
in adeundis periculis,
id. ib. 24; cf.:
adeundae inimicitiae, subeundae saepe pro re publica tempestates,
id. Sest. 66, 139: ut vitae periculum aditurus videretur, Auct. B. G. 8, 48: maximos labores et summa pericula. Nep. Timol. 5:
omnem fortunam,
Liv. 25, 10:
dedecus,
Tac. A. 1, 39:
servitutem voluntariam,
id. G. 24:
invidiam,
id. A. 4, 70:
gaudia,
Tib. 1, 5, 39.—Hence of an inheritance, t. t., to enter on:
cum ipse hereditatem patris non adisses,
Cic. Phil. 2, 16; so id. Arch. 5; Suet. Aug. 8 and Dig.;
hence also: adire nomen,
to assume the name bequeathed by will, Vell. 2, 60.—
B.
Adire manum alicui, prov., to deceive one, to make sport of (the origin of this phrase is unc.; Acidalius conjectures that it arose from some artifice practised in wrestling, Wagner ad Plaut. Aul. 2, 8, 8):
eo pacto avarae Veneri pulcre adii manum,
Plaut. Poen. 2, 11; so id. Aul. 2, 8, 8; id. Cas. 5, 2, 54; id. Pers. 5, 2, 18.
2.
ăd-ĕō̆, adv. [cf. quoad and adhuc] (acc. to Festus, it should be accented adéo, v. the preced. word; but this distinction is merely a later invention of the grammarians; [p. 33] cf. Gell. 7, 7).
I.
In the ante-class. per.,
A.
To designate the limit of space or time, with reference to the distance passed through; hence often accompanied by usque (cf. ad), to this, thus far, so far, as far.
1.
Of space:
surculum artito usque adeo, quo praeacueris,
fit in the scion as far as you have sharpened it, Cato, R. R. 40, 3.— Hence: res adeo rediit, the affair has gone so far (viz., in deterioration, “cum aliquid pejus exspectatione contigit,” Don. ad Ter. Ph. 1, 2, 5):
postremo adeo res rediit: adulescentulus saepe eadem et graviter audiendo victus est,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 61; cf. id. Ph. 1, 2, 5.—
2.
Of time, so long ( as), so long ( till), strengthened by usque, and with dum, donec, following, and in Cic. with quoad:
merces vectatum undique adeo dum, quae tum haberet, peperisset bona,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 76; 3, 4, 72; id. Am. 1, 2, 10 al.:
nusquam destitit instare, suadere, orare, usque adeo donec perpulit,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 36; Cato, R. R. 67; id. ib. 76:
atque hoc scitis omnes usque adeo hominem in periculo fuisse, quoad scitum sit Sestium vivere,
Cic. Sest. 38, 82.—
B.
For the purpose of equalizing two things in comparison, followed by ut: in the same degree or measure or proportion... in which; or so very, so much, so, to such a degree... as (only in comic poets), Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 38:
adeon hominem esse invenustum aut infelicem quemquam, ut ego sum?
Ter. And. 1, 5, 10.—Also followed by quasi, when the comparison relates to similarity:
gaudere adeo coepit, quasi qui cupiunt nuptias,
in the same manner as those rejoice who desire marriage, Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 12.—
C.
(Only in the comic poets) = ad haec, praeterea, moreover, besides, too: ibi tibi adeo lectus dabitur, ubi tu haud somnum capias ( beside the other annoyances), a bed, too, shall be given you there, etc., Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 80.—Hence also with etiam:
adeo etiam argenti faenus creditum audio,
besides too, id. Most. 3, 1, 101.—
D.
(Only in the comic poets.) Adeo ut, for this purpose that, to the end that:
id ego continuo huic dabo, adeo me ut hic emittat manu,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 32:
id adeo te oratum advenio, ut, etc.,
id. Aul. 4, 10, 9:
adeo ut tu meam sententiam jam jam poscere possis, faciam, etc.,
id. ib. 3, 2, 26 (where Wagner now reads at ut):
atque adeo ut scire possis, factum ego tecum hoc divido,
id. Stich. 5, 4, 15. (These passages are so interpreted by Hand, I. p. 138; others regard adeo here = quin immo.)—
E.
In narration, in order to put one person in strong contrast with another. It may be denoted by a stronger emphasis upon the word to be made conspicuous, or by yet, on the contrary, etc.:
jam ille illuc ad erum cum advenerit, narrabit, etc.: ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 4 sq.; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 8 al.
II.
To the Latin of every period belongs the use of this word,
A.
To give emphasis to an idea in comparison, so, so much, so very, with verbs, adjectives, and substantives:
adeo ut spectare postea omnīs oderit,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 65:
neminem quidem adeo infatuare potuit, ut ei nummum ullum crederet,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:
adeoque inopia est coactus Hannibal, ut, etc.,
Liv. 22, 32, 3 Weiss.:
et voltu adeo modesto, adeo venusto, ut nil supra,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 92:
nemo adeo ferus est, ut, etc.,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 39.—With usque:
adeo ego illum cogam usque, ut mendicet meus pater,
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 10:
usque adeo turbatur,
even so much, so continually, Verg. E. 1, 12; Curt. 10, 1, 42; Luc. 1, 366.—In questions:
adeone me fuisse fungum, ut qui illi crederem?
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 49:
adeone hospes hujus urbis, adeone ignarus es disciplinae consuetudinisque nostrae, ut haec nescias?
Cic. Rab. 10, 28; so id. Phil. 2, 7, 15; id. Fam. 9, 10; Liv. 2, 7, 10; 5, 6, 4.—With a negative in both clauses, also with quin in the last:
non tamen adeo virtutum sterile saeculum, ut non et bona exempla prodiderit,
Tac. H. 1, 3; so Suet. Oth. 9:
verum ego numquam adeo astutus fui, quin, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 13.—
Sometimes the concluding clause is to be supplied from the first: quis genus Aeneadum, quis Trojae nesciat urbem?... non obtusa adeo gestamus pectora Poeni, viz.,
that we know not the Trojans and their history, Verg. A. 1, 565:
adeo senuerunt Juppiter et Mars?
Juv. 6, 59.—Hence (post-Cic.): adeo non ut... adeo nihil ut... so little that, so far from that... (in reference to which, it should be noticed that in Latin the negative is blended with the verb in one idea, which is qualified by adeo) = tantum abest ut: haec dicta adeo nihil moverunt quemquam, ut legati prope violati sint, these words left them all so unmoved that, etc., or had so little effect, etc., Liv. 3, 2, 7: qui adeo non tenuit iram, ut gladio cinctum in senatum venturum se esse palam diceret, who restrained his anger so little that, etc. (for, qui non—tenuit iram adeo, ut), id. 8, 7, 5; so 5, 45, 4; Vell. 2, 66, 4: Curt. 3, 12, 22.—Also with contra in the concluding clause:
apud hostes Afri et Carthaginienses adeo non sustinebant, ut contra etiam pedem referrent,
Liv. 30, 34, 5. —
B.
Adeo is placed enclitically after its word, like quidem, certe, and the Gr. ge, even, indeed, just, precisely. So,
1.
Most freq. with pronouns, in order to render prominent something before said, or foll., or otherwise known (cf. in Gr. egôge, suge, autos ge, etc., Viger. ed. Herm. 489, vi. and Zeun.): argentariis male credi qui aiunt, nugas praedicant: nam et bene et male credi dico; id adeo hodie ego expertus sum, just this (touto ge), Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 1; so id. Aul. 2, 4, 10; 4, 2, 15; id. Am. 1, 1, 98; 1, 2, 6; id. Ep. 1, 1, 51; 2, 2, 31; 5, 2, 40; id. Poen. 1, 2, 57: plerique homines, quos, cum nihil refert, pudet;
ubi pudendum'st ibi eos deserit pudor, is adeo tu es,
you are just such a one, id. Ep. 2, 1, 2:
cui tu obsecutus, facis huic adeo injuriam,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 68: tute adeo jam ejus verba audies, you yourself shall hear what he has to say (suge akousêi), Ter. And. 3, 3, 27: Dolabella tuo nihil scito mihi esse jucundius: hanc adeo habebo gratiam illi, i. e. hanc, quae maxima est, gratiam (tautên ge tên charin), Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16:
haec adeo ex illo mihi jam speranda fuerunt,
even this, Verg. A. 11, 275.—It is often to be translated by the intensive and, and just, etc. (so esp. in Cic. and the histt.): id adeo, si placet, considerate, just that (touto ge skopeite), Cic. Caec. 30, 87:
id adeo ex ipso senatus consulto cognoscite,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 64, 143; cf. id. Clu. 30, 80:
ad hoc quicumque aliarum atque senatus partium erant, conturbari remp., quam minus valere ipsi malebant. Id adeo malum multos post annos in civitatem reverterat,
And just this evil, Sall. C. 37, 11; so 37, 2; id. J. 68, 3; Liv. 2, 29, 9; 4, 2, 2: id adeo manifestum erit, si cognoverimus, etc., and this, precisely this, will be evident, if, etc., Quint. 2, 16, 18 Spald.—It is rarely used with ille:
ille adeo illum mentiri sibi credet,
Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 6.—Sometimes with the rel. pron.: quas adeo haud quisquam liber umquam tetigit, Plaut: Poen. 1, 2, 57; Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37. —With interrog. pron.:
Quis adeo tam Latinae linguae ignarus est, quin, etc.,
Gell. 7, 17.—Adeo is joined with the pers. pron. when the discourse passes from one person to another, and attention is to be particularly directed to the latter: Juppiter, tuque adeo summe Sol, qui res omnes inspicis, and thou especially, and chiefly thou, Enn. ap. Prob.:
teque adeo decus hoc aevi inibit,
Verg. E. 4, 11; id. G. 1, 24: teque, Neptune, invoco, vosque adeo venti, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 34, 73;
and without the copulative: vos adeo... item ego vos virgis circumvinciam,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 25.— Ego adeo often stands for ego quidem, equidem (egôge):
tum libertatem Chrysalo largibere: ego adeo numquam accipiam,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 30; so id. Mil. 4, 4, 55; id. Truc. 4, 3, 73:
ego adeo hanc primus inveni viam,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 16:
nec me adeo fallit,
Verg. A. 4, 96.—Ipse adeo (autos ge), for the sake of emphasis:
atque hercle ipsum adeo contuor,
Plaut. As. 2, 3, 24:
ipsum adeo praesto video cum Davo,
Ter. And. 2, 5, 4:
ipse adeo senis ductor Rhoeteus ibat pulsibus,
Sil. 14, 487.—
2.
With the conditional conjj. si, nisi, etc. (Gr. ei ge), if indeed, if truly:
nihili est autem suum qui officium facere immemor est, nisi adeo monitus,
unless, indeed, he is reminded of it, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 2: Si. Num illi molestae quippiam hae sunt nuptiae? Da. Nihil Hercle: aut si adeo, bidui est aut tridui haec sollicitudo, and if, indeed, etc. (not if also, for also is implied in aut), Ter. And. 2, 6, 7.—
3.
With adverbs: nunc adeo (nun ge), Plaut. As. 3, 1, 29; id. Mil. 2, 2, 4; id. Merc. 2, 2, 57; id. Men. 1, 2, 11; id. Ps. 1, 2, 52; id. Rud. 3, 4, 23; Ter. And. 4, 5, 26; Verg. A. 9, 156: jam adeo (dê ge), id. ib. 5, 268; Sil. 1, 20; 12, 534; Val. Fl. 3, 70. umquam adeo, Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 23:
inde adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 1:
hinc adeo,
Verg. E. 9, 59: sic adeo (houtôs ge), id. A. 4, 533; Sil. 12, 646:
vix adeo,
Verg. A. 6, 498:
non adeo,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 57; Verg. A. 11, 436. —
4.
With adjectives = vel, indeed, even, very, fully:
quot adeo cenae, quas deflevi, mortuae!
how very many suppers, Plaut. Stich. 1, 3, 59: quotque adeo fuerint, qui temnere superbum... Lucil. ap. Non. 180, 2: nullumne malorum finem adeo poenaeque dabis (adeo separated from nullum by poet. license)? wilt thou make no end at all to calamity and punishment? Val. Fl. 4, 63:
trīs adeo incertos caeca caligine soles erramus,
three whole days we wander about, Verg. A. 3, 203; 7, 629.—And with comp. or the adv. magis, multo, etc.:
quae futura et quae facta, eloquar: multo adeo melius quam illi, cum sim Juppiter,
very much better, Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 3; so id. Truc. 2, 1, 5:
magis adeo id facilitate quam aliā ullā culpā meā, contigit,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 15.—
5.
With the conjj. sive, aut, vel, in order to annex a more important thought, or to make a correction, or indeed, or rather, or even only:
sive qui ipsi ambīssent, seu per internuntium, sive adeo aediles perfidiose quoi duint,
Plaut. Am. prol. 71:
si hercle scivissem, sive adeo joculo dixisset mihi, se illam amare,
id. Merc. 5, 4, 33; so id. Truc. 4, 3, 1; id. Men. 5, 2, 74; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 9: nam si te tegeret pudor, sive adeo cor sapientia imbutum foret, Pacuv. ap. Non. 521, 10:
mihi adeunda est ratio, quā ad Apronii quaestum, sive adeo, quā ad istius ingentem immanemque praedam possim pervenire,
or rather, Cic. Verr 2, 3, 46, 110; Verg. A. 11, 369; so, atque adeo:
ego princeps in adjutoribus atque adeo secundus,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 9.—
6.
With the imperative, for emphasis, like tandem, modo, dum, the Germ. so, and the Gr. ge (cf. L. and S.), now, I pray:
propera adeo puerum tollere hinc ab janua,
Ter. And. 4, 4, 20 (cf. xullabete g auton, Soph. Phil. 1003).—
C.
Like admodum or nimis, to give emphasis to an idea (for the most part only in comic poets, and never except with the positive of the adj.; cf. Consent. 2023 P.), indeed, truly, so very, so entirely:
nam me ejus spero fratrem propemodum jam repperisse adulescentem adeo nobilem,
so very noble, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 123:
nec sum adeo informis,
nor am I so very ugly, Verg. E. 2, 25:
nam Caii Luciique casu non adeo fractus,
Suet. Aug. 65:
et merito adeo,
and with perfect right, Ter. Hec. 2, 1, 42:
etiam num credis te ignorarier aut tua facta adeo,
do you, then, think that they are ignorant of you or your conduct entirely? id. Ph. 5, 8, 38.—
D.
To denote what exceeds expectation, even: quam omnium Thebis vir unam esse optimam dijudicat, quamque adeo cives Thebani rumificant probam, and whom even the Thebans (who are always ready to speak evil of others) declare to be an honest woman, Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 44.— Hence also it denotes something added to the rest of the sentence, besides, too, over and above, usually in the connection: -que adeo (rare, and never in prose; cf.
adhuc, I.): quin te Di omnes perdant qui me hodie oculis vidisti tuis, meque adeo scelestum,
and me too, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 122; cf. id. 4, 2, 32:
haec adeo tibi me, ipsa palam fari omnipotens Saturnia jussit,
Verg. A. 7, 427.
III.
After Caesar and Cicero (the only instance of this use adduced from Cicero's works, Off. 1, 11, 36, being found in a passage rejected by the best critics, as B. and K.).
A.
For adding an important and satisfactory reason to an assertion, and then it always stands at the beginning of the clause, indeed, for:
cum Hanno perorāsset, nemini omnium cum eo certare necesse fuit: adeo prope omnis senatus Hannibalis erat: the idea is,
Hanno's speech, though so powerful, was ineffectual, and did not need a reply; for all the senators belonged to the party of Hannibal, Liv. 21, 11, 1; so id. 2, 27, 3; 2, 28, 2; 8, 37, 2; Tac. Ann. 1, 50, 81; Juv. 3, 274; 14, 233.—Also for introducing a parenthesis: sed ne illi quidem ipsi satis mitem gentem fore (adeo ferocia atque indomita [p. 34] ingenia esse) ni subinde auro... principum animi concilientur, Liv. 21, 20, 8; so id. 9, 26, 17; 3, 4, 2; Tac. A. 2, 28.—
B.
When to a specific fact a general consideration is added as a reason for it, so, thus (in Livy very often):
haud dubius, facilem in aequo campi victoriam fore: adeo non fortuna modo, sed ratio etiam cum barbaris stabat,
thus not only fortune, but sagacity, was on the side of the barbarians, Liv. 5, 38, 4:
adeo ex parvis saepe magnarum momenta rerum pendent,
id. 27, 9, 1; so id. 4, 31, 5; 21, 33, 6; 28, 19; Quint. 1, 12, 7; Curt. 10, 2, 11; Tac. Agr. 1:
adeo in teneris consuescere multum est,
Verg. G. 2, 272.—
C.
In advancing from one thought to another more important = immo, rather, indeed, nay: nulla umquam res publica ubi tantus paupertati ac parsimoniae honos fuerit: adeo, quanto rerum minus, tanto minus cupiditatis erat, Liv. praef. 11; so Gell. 11, 7; Symm. Ep. 1, 30, 37.—
D.
With a negative after ne—quidem or quoque, so much the more or less, much less than, still less (post-Aug.):
hujus totius temporis fortunam ne deflere quidem satis quisquam digne potuit: adeo nemo exprimere verbis potest,
still less can one describe: it by words, Vell. 2, 67, 1:
ne tecta quidem urbis, adeo publicum consilium numquam adiit,
still less, Tac. A. 6, 15; so id. H. 3, 64; Curt. 7, 5, 35:
favore militum anxius et superbia viri aequalium quoque, adeo superiorum intolerantis,
who could not endure his equals even, much less his superiors, Tac. H. 4, 80.—So in gen., after any negative: quaelibet enim ex iis artibus in paucos libros contrahi solet: adeo infinito spatio ac traditione opus non est, so much the less is there need, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 16; Plin. 17, 12, 35, § 179; Tac. H. 3, 39.—(The assumption of a causal signif. of adeo = ideo, propterea, rests upon false readings. For in Cael. Cic. Fam. 8, 15 we should read ideo, B. and K., and in Liv. 24, 32, 6, ad ea, Weiss.).—See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 135-155.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adeo
55 n'

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > n'
56 ne

1.
nē (old forms nei and ni; v. the foll.), adv. and conj., the primitive Latin negative particle, no, not; whereas the negative particle non is a derivative (v. non init.) [prob. of pronominal origin; cf. the Anglo-Saxon na and ne (Engl. no), whence naht (Engl. not) is derived; Sanscr. na, not].
I.
Adv., with a single word of a proposition (in early Latin): NE MINVS TRINVM NOVNDINVM, not less than, etc., S. C. de Bacch.; cf. with DVM NE MINVS SENATORIBVS C. ADESENT, twice in the same S. C.;
and in the form ni: DVM NI MINVS VIGINTI ADSIENT,
Inscr. Grut. 207, 3. So too:
DVM NE AMPLIOREM MODVM PRATORVM HABEANT QVAM, etc.,
Inscr. Orell. 3121 (Sententia de finibus inter Genuates et Viturios regundis lata A. U. C. 637). So, ne minores (verres) quam semestres, Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 21. In the time of Plautus the usage was unsettled, non and ne being used indifferently for simple negation; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 105; Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 1156.—
2.
To this is allied the adverbial use of ne in all periods of the language.
a.
Ne... quidem, applies the negation with emphasis to the word between them, not even:
ne sues quidem id velint, non modo ipse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:
ne in oppidis quidem... ne in fanis quidem,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 2:
Philippus non item: itaque ne nos quidem,
id. Att. 14, 12, 2:
nulla ne minima quidem aura fluctus commovente,
id. Tusc. 5, 6, 16:
non potest dici satis, ne cogitari quidem, quantum, etc.,
id. Mil. 29, 78:
vita beata, quam ne in deo quidem esse censes, nisi, etc.,
id. N. D. 1, 24, 67:
ut in foro et in judicio... ne non timere quidem sine aliquo timore possimus,
id. Mil. 1, 2:
ne tondere quidem Vellera possunt,
Verg. G. 3, 561;
so after a negative, repeating it with emphasis: non enim praetereundum est ne id quidem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 155:
nulla species ne excogitari quidem potest ornatior,
id. de Or. 3, 45, 179:
non praetermittam ne illud quidem,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 2:
Caesar negat se ne Graeca quidem meliora legisse,
id. ib. 2, 16, 5:
numquam illum ne minima quidem re offendi,
id. Lael. 27, 103; Liv. 28, 42, 16; but when ne... quidem precedes, the negative of the principal verb is omitted:
sine quā ne intellegi quidem ulla virtus potest,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 13, 31:
neque enim ipsius quidem regis abhorrebat animus,
Liv. 29, 12, 10: ne quidem (with no intervening word), not even (late Lat.), Gai Inst. 1, 67; id. ib. 3, 93.—
b.
In composition, to make an absolute negation of the principal idea. So in neque and nequiquam; also in nescio and nevolo; and in nefas, nefandus, nepus (for non purus), nequeo, neuter, neutiquam; in nemo, nego, nihil, nullus, numquam, and nusquam; and, lastly, with a paragogic c before o: necopinans and neglego; negotium (i. e. nec-lego; nec-otium). —
B.
With a proposition (in all periods of the language, and exclusively),
1.
In imperative sentences, to signify that something must not be done.
(α).
With imper.: SI HOMINEM FVLMEN IOVIS OCCISIT, NE SVPRA GENVA TOLLITOR, let him not be raised, Leg. Reg.: HOMINEM MORTVVM IN VRBE NE SEPELITO NEVE VRITO, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23; cf.: MVLIERES GENAS NE RADVNTO NEVE LESSVM FVNERIS ERGO HABENTO, ib.: SI NOLET, ARCERAM NE STERNITO, let him not spread, he need not spread, ib. (cf. Gell. 20, 1, 25):
VECTIGAL INVITEI DARE NEI DEBENTO,
Inscr. Orell. 3121; cf.
art. ni, II.: abi, ne jura: satis credo,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 20; 4, 5, 5:
ah, ne saevi tantopere,
Ter. And. 5, 2, 27:
impius ne audeto placare donis iram deorum,
Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22:
ne, pueri, ne tanta animis assuescite bella,
Verg. A. 6, 832.—
(β).
With subj.:
ne me moveatis,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 9, 1:
si certum est facere, facias: verum ne post conferas Culpam in me,
Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 96:
si denique veritas extorquebit, ne repugnetis,
Cic. Clu. 2, 6:
ne pudori Sit tibi Musa lyrae sollers,
Hor. A. P. 406.—
2.
In wishes and asseverations: ne id Juppiter Opt. Max. sineret, etc., might Jupiter forbid it! etc., Liv. 4, 2; cf.:
ne istuc Juppiter Opt. Max. sirit, etc.,
id. 28, 28.—With utinam: utinam ne in nemore Pelio securibus Caesa accedisset abiegna ad terram trabes, would that not, Enn. ap. Cic. Top. 16, 61 (Trag. v. 280 Vahl.): utinam ne umquam, Mede Colchis cupido corde pedem extulisses, Enn ap. Non. 297, 18 (Trag. v. 311 ib.):
illud utinam ne vere scriberem!
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3; v. utinam.—With si:
ne vivam, si scio,
may I not live, may I die, if I know, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 8:
sed ne vivam, si tibi concedo,
id. Fam. 7, 23, 19:
ne sim salvus, si aliter scribo ac sentio,
id. ib. 16, 13, 1.—
3.
In concessive and restrictive clauses (conceived as softened commands; cf. II. init.).
(α).
In concessions, nemo is, inquies, umquam fuit. Ne fuerit:
ego enim, etc.,
there may not have been; suppose there was not, Cic. Or. 29, 101; cf.:
pugnes omnino, sed cum adversario facili. Ne sit sane: videri certe potest,
id. Ac. 2, 26, 85; 2, 32, 102:
ne sit sane summum malum dolor: malum certe est,
id. Tusc. 2, 5, 14:
ne sint in senectute vires: ne postulantur quidem vires a senectute,
id. Sen. 11, 34:
ne sit igitur sol, ne luna, ne stellae, quoniam nihil esse potest, nisi quod attigimus aut vidimus,
id. N. D. 1, 31, 88; Liv. 31, 7:
nec porro malum, quo aut oppressus jaceas, aut, ne opprimare, mente vix constes?
though you be not crushed; supposing you are not crushed, Cic. Tusc. 4, 17, 39.—
(β).
In restrictive clauses:
sint sane liberales ex sociorum fortunis, sint misericordes in furibus aerarii, ne illi sanguinem nostrum largiantur, etc.,
only let them not; if they only will not, Sall. C. 52, 12. So, dum ne, dummodo ne, modo ne, and dum quidem ne; v. dum and modo: me vero nihil istorum ne juvenem quidem movit umquam: ne nunc senem, much less now I am old = nedum, Cic. Fam. 9, 26, 2; cf.:
vix incedo inanis, ne ire posse cum onere existumes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 174: scuta si homines inviti dant, etsi ad salutem communem dari sentiunt: ne quem putetis sine maximo dolore argentum caelatum domo protulisse, much less can you suppose, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 52; Liv. 3, 52.—
4.
In clauses which denote a purpose or result.
a.
Ut ne, that not, lest, so that not (very rare after the August. period; in Livy only in a few doubtful passages; in Cæsar, Seneca, and Tacitus not at all; v. under II.): quos ego ope meā Pro incertis certos... Dimitto, ut ne res temere tractent turbidas, Enn. ap. Cic. de Or. 1, 45, 199 (Trag v. 189 Vahl.): vestem ut ne inquinet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 17. pergunt turbare usque, ut ne quid possit conquiescere, id. Most. 5, 1, 12:
haec mihi nunc cura est maxima, ut ne cui meae Longinquitas aetatis obstet,
Ter. Hec. 4, 2, 19:
ego, pol, te ulciscar, ut ne impune nos illuseris,
id. Eun. 5, 4, 19:
excitandam esse animadversionem et diligentiam, ut ne quid inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
Cic. Off. 1, 29, 103:
equidem soleo dare operam, ut de suā quisque re me ipse doceat, et, ut ne quis alius assit, quo, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 102.—
b.
Ut... ne separated:
quam plurimis de rebus ad me velim scribas, ut prorsus ne quid ignorem,
Cic. Att. 3, 10, 3:
ut causae communi salutique ne deessent,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140:
lata lex est, ne auspicia valerent, ut omnibus fastis diebus legem ferri liceret: ut lex Aelia, lex Fufia ne valeret,
id. Sest. 15, 33; id. N. D. 1, 7, 17:
vos orant atque obsecrant, judices, ut in actore causae suae deligendo vestrum judicium ab suo judicio ne discrepet,
id. Div. in Caecil. 4, 14.—
c.
Qui ne, quo ne, and quomodo ne (ante- and post-class. for ut ne):
ego id agam, mihi qui ne detur,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 35:
moxque ad aram, quo ne hostis dolum persentisceret, aversusque a duce assistit,
Dict. Cret. 4, 11: quaeritis maximis sumptibus faciendis, quomodo ne tributa conferatis, Gr. hôs mê, Rutil. Lup. 1, 9.
II.
In the several uses of the adv. ne, described above, the transition to its use to connect clauses is clearly seen (v. esp. I. B. 3. and 4.). In intentional clauses, and after verbs of fearing and avoiding, ne becomes a conjunction.
A.
In intentional clauses for ut ne, that not, lest: nolite, hospites, ad me adire: ilico isti! Ne contagio mea bonis umbrave obsit, approach me not; let not my presence harm you, i. e. lest my presence should harm you, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 12, 26 (Trag. v. 405 Vahl.):
omitto innumerabiles viros, quorum singuli saluti huic civitati fuerunt... ne quis se aut suorum aliquem praetermissum queratur,
Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1; 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9:
Caesarem complexus obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,
Caes. B. G. 1, 20.—Esp. after verbs expressing forethought, care, etc.:
vide sis, ne quid imprudens ruas,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 128:
considera, ne in alienissimum tempus cadat adventus tuus,
Cic. Fam. 15, 14, 4:
Cocceius, vide, ne frustretur,
Cic. Att. 12, 18, 3 et saep.—
B.
After verbs signifying to fear, frighten, etc. (esp. metuo, timeo, vereor, horreo, paveo, terreo, conterreo; also, timor est, metus est, spes est, periculum est), to express the wish that something may not take place; represented in English by that (because in English the particle depends on the idea of fearing, not of wishing):
metuo et timeo, ne hoc tandem propalam flat,
that it will be discovered, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 38:
timeo ne malefacta mea sint inventa omnia,
id. Truc. 4, 2, 61:
vereor ne quid Andria apportet mali,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 46:
metuebat ne indicarent,
Cic. Mil. 21, 57:
mater cruciatur et sollicita est, ne filium spoliatum omni dignitate conspiciat,
id. Mur. 41, 88:
hic ne quid mihi prorogetur, horreo,
id. Att. 5, 21, 3:
id paves, ne ducas tu illam, tu autem ut ducas,
Ter. And. 2, 2, 12:
esse metus coepit, ne, etc.,
Ov. M. 7, 715:
terruit gentīs, grave ne rediret Saeculum Pyrrhae,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 5:
non periclumst, nequid recte monstres,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 55:
pavor ceperat milites, ne mortiferum esset vulnus,
Liv. 24, 42 —
b.
When the dependent clause is negative, with non or nihil, that not:
vereor ne exercitum firmum habere non possit,
Cic. Att. 7, 12, 2:
unum vereor ne senatus Pompeium nolit dimittere,
id. ib. 5, 18, 1:
timeo ne non impetrem,
id. ib. 9, 6, 6; id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76.—
c.
With the negative before the verb:
non vereor, ne quid temere facias,
Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 1; 2, 1, 4:
timere non debeo, ne non iste illā cruce dignus judicetur,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 67, § 171.—
C.
After verbs signifying to avoid, warn, hinder, forbid, refuse (caveo, impedio, resisto, interdico, refuto, rarely veto), instead of the simple object, that not, lest:
qui cavet, ne decipiatur, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:
cavete, judices, ne nova proscriptio instaurata esse videatur,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 53, 153; id. Fam. 3, 12, 4;
v. caveo: casus quidam ne facerem impedivit,
Cic. Fat. 1, 1:
unus ne caperetur urbs causa fuit,
Liv. 34, 39. [p. 1194]
2.
- nĕ (also apocopated n' and only n), interrog. and enclit. part. [weakened from nē]. It simply inquires, without implying either that a negative or an affirmative reply is expected (cf. num, nonne), and emphasizes the word to which it is joined;
which is always, in classic Latin, the first word of the clause (ante- class. after other words: sine dote uxoremne?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 94; 1, 2, 141; id. As. 5, 2, 78; id. Mil. 3, 1, 92). In direct questions it is translated by giving an interrogative form to the sentence; in indirect interrogations by whether.
(α).
In direct interrogations, with indic.:
meministine me in senatu dicere? etc.,
Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7:
potestne rerum major esse dissensio?
id. Fin. 3, 13, 44:
tune id veritus es?
id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 1:
jamne vides, belua, jamne sentis? etc.,
id. Pis. 1, 1:
quid, si etiam falsum illud omnino est? tamenne ista tam absurda defendes?
id. N. D. 1, 29, 81; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 15, 44:
quiane auxilio juvat ante levatos?
Verg. A. 4, 538:
tun' te audes Sosiam esse dicere?
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 217:
valuistin?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 12.—After an elided s:
satin habes, si feminarum nulla'st: quam aeque diligam?
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 11:
pergin autem?
id. ib. 1, 3, 41:
vin commutemus?
id. Trin. 1, 2, 21 al. —
(β).
Esp. with rel. pron.; ellipt.: quemne ego servavi? i. e. do you mean the one whom? etc., Plaut. Mil. 1, 1, 13: quodne vobis placeat, displiceat mihi? can it be that what pleases? etc., id. ib. 3, 1, 19; id. Merc. 3, 3, 12; id. Am. 2, 2, 65;
so quin for quine,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 79 Brix ad loc.; id. Bacch. 2, 3, 98; id. Most. 3, 2, 50 al.—So with ut and si:
utine adveniens vomitum excutias mulieri?
Plaut. Merc. 3, 3, 15; id. Rud. 4, 4, 19:
sin, saluti quod tibi esse censeo, id. consuadeo,
id. Merc. 1, 2, 32.—
(γ).
In indirect interrogations, with subj., whether:
ut videamus, satisne ista sit justa defectio,
Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 43:
Publilius iturusne sit in Africam et quando, ex Aledio scire poteris,
id. Att. 12, 24, 1:
videto vasa, multane sient,
Cato, R. R. 1:
quem imitari possimusne, ipse liber erit indicio,
Varr. L. L. 7, § 4 Müll.; cf. id. ib. 10, § 9.—
(δ).
Sometimes affixed to an interrogative pronoun, Plaut. Cist. 4, 1, 2:
quone malo mentem concussa? Timore deorum,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 295; cf.:
uterne Ad casus dubios fidet sibi certius?
id. ib. 2, 2, 107; and:
illa rogare: Quantane?
id. ib. 2, 3, 317.—
(ε).
-ne is sometimes used for nonne, where an affirmative reply is expected:
misine ego ad te epistulam?
Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 22; id. Trin. 1, 2, 92; 99; id. Most. 2, 1, 15:
rectene interpretor sententiam tuam,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104.—
(ζ).
Rarely = num:
potestne virtus servire?
Cic. de Or. 1, 52, 226:
potesne dicere?
id. Tusc. 1, 27, 67; id. Sen. 16, 56.—
b.
With an, annon, or anne, in the second interrogation, v. an.—With necne, v. neque.—Sometimes pleonastic with utrum, followed by an (mostly anteclass.):
est etiam illa distinctio, utrum illudne non videatur aegre ferendum... an, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 27, 59:
sed utrum strictimne attonsurum dicam esse an per pectinem, nescio,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 18 Brix ad loc.; id. Most. 3, 1, 151; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 42; cf. Madv. Gram. § 452, obs. 1.—Sometimes, in the second interrogation, ne for an (mostly poet.):
Smyrna quid et Colophon? Majora minorane fama?
Hor. Ep. 1, 11, 3:
ut in incerto fuerit, vicissent victine essent,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
cum interrogaretur, utrum pluris patrem matremne faceret,
Nep. Iphicr. 3, 4.
3.
nē, interj. (incorrectly written nae), = nai, nê, truly, verily, really, indeed (only joined with pers. pron. ego, tu, and with the demonstratives ille, iste, hic, and their advv.; in class, prose usually with a conditional clause).
I.
In gen.:
ne ego homo infelix fui, Qui non alas intervelli,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 169; cf.:
ne ego haud paulo hunc animum malim quam, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99:
ne ego, inquam, si ita est, velim tibi eum placere quam maxime,
id. Brut. 71, 249. So, ne tu, etc., id. Phil. 2, 2, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 54; Liv. 26, 6, 15: ne ille, Naev. ap. Non. 73, 18 (Trag. Rel. p. 9 v. 40 Rib.); Plaut. Ps. 3, 1, 3; Cic. Cat. 2, 3, 6:
ne iste,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 24; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 8 al.—
II.
Connected with other affirmative particles, as hercle, edepol, mecastor, medius fidius:
ne tu hercle,
Plaut. As. 2, 4, 6; id. Curc. 1, 3, 38: ne ille hercle, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
edepol ne ego,
id. Men. 5, 5, 10:
edepol ne tu,
id. ib. 1, 2, 50:
ne ista edepol,
id. Am. 2, 2, 213:
ne istuc mecastor,
id. Men. 5, 1, 34 (729 Ritschl):
ne ille, medius fidius,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 30, 74; cf.:
medius fidius ne tu,
id. Att. 4, 4, 6, § 2.— Rarely with a pron. poss.:
edepol ne meam operam, etc.,
Ter. Hec. 5, 3, 1. (All passages in which ne stands in classic prose without a pronoun are probably corrupt; cf. Haase in Reisig's Vorles. p. 379 sq.; v. Liv. 26, 31, 10; 34, 4, 16 Weissenb.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ne
57 М-325

НА МЯКИНЕ HE ПРОВЕДЁШЬ кого highly coll VP neg pfv fut, gener. 2nd pers sing only fixed WO
you cannot trick, outwit s.o.: X-a на мякине не проведёшь - you can't fool X
you have to get up pretty early in the morning to fool X you can't pull the wool over X's eyes.
«Реваз Давидович - умный человек. Его на мякине не проведешь...» (Черненок 2). "Revaz Davidovich is a smart man. You can't fool him..." (2a).

From the saying «Старого воробья на мякине не проведёшь» "Не (she etc) is too old a bird to be caught with chaff"
see В-268. «Мякина» is the husks and stalks separated in the winnowing and threshing of grain and certain other crops.

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > М-325
58 на мякине не проведешь

• НА МЯКИНЕ НЕ ПРОВЕДЕШЬ кого highly coll

[VP; neg pfv fut, gener. 2nd pers sing only; fixed WO]

=====

⇒ you cannot trick, outwit s.o.:

- X-a на мякине не проведёшь≈ you can't fool X;

- you have to get up pretty early in the morning to fool X;

- you can't pull the wool over X's eyes.

♦ "Реваз Давидович - умный человек. Его на мякине не проведешь..." (Черненок 2). "Revaz Davidovich is a smart man. You can't fool him..." (2a).

—————

← From the saying " Старого воробья на мякине не проведёшь" " Не( she etc) is too old a bird to be caught with chaff"; see старого воробья на мякине не проведешь. "Мякина" is the husks and stalks separated in the winnowing and threshing of grain and certain other crops.

Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > на мякине не проведешь
59 familia

f.

family.

de buena familia from a good family

estábamos en familia (figurative) there were only a few of us

no te dé vergüenza, que estamos en familia (figurative) don't be shy — you're among friends

ser como de la familia to be like one of the family

venir de familia to run in the family

familia de acogida foster parents (de niño)

familia nuclear nuclear family

familia numerosa large family

la familia política the in-laws

la familia Real the Royal Family

* * *

familia

► nombre femenino

1 family

2 (prole) children plural, family

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

acordarse de la familia de alguien familiar to insult somebody

en familia (con la familia) with the family 2 (con muy poca gente) in private

estar en familia to be among friends

sentirse como en familia to feel at home, feel like one of the family

ser como de la familia to be like one of the family

ser de buena familia to come from a good family

ser de familia humilde to be of humble origin

venir algo de familia to run in the family

familia numerosa large family

familia política in-laws plural

la Sagrada Familia the Holy Family

* * *

noun f.

family

* * *

SF

1) (=parentela) family

¿cómo está la familia? — how is the family?

es de buena familia — she comes from a good family

sentirse como en familia — to feel thoroughly at home

ser como de la familia — to be one of the family

venir de familia — to run in the family

- acordarse de la familia de algn

familia de acogida — foster family

familia monoparental — one-parent family

familia nuclear — nuclear family

familia numerosa, tiene una familia numerosa — he has a large family

las familias numerosas quedan exentas — families with more than four children are exempt

familia política — in-laws pl

familia real — royal family

2) (=hijos)

¿cuándo pensáis tener familia? — when are you thinking of starting a family?

¿tenéis ya mucha familia? — do you already have lots of children?

3) (=pariente)

Juan no es familia mía — Juan and I aren't related

¿sois familia? — are you related?

4) (=comunidad) family

la gran familia humana — the great human family

la familia socialista — the socialist community

5) (Bot, Ling, Zool) family

familia de lenguas — family of languages

familia de palabras — word family

6) (Tip) fount

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( parientes) family

es de buena familia or de familia bien — he's from a good family

sus hijos y demás familia — her children and other members of the family

somos como de la familia — we're just like family

le viene de familia — it runs in the family

pasa hasta en las mejores familias — it can happen to the best of us

pasamos las fiestas en familia — we spent the holidays with the family

me siento como en familia — I feel at home

acordarse de (toda) la familia de alguien — (fam & euf) to curse somebody (colloq)

b) ( hijos) children

no tienen familia — they don't have any children

- familia de acogida

- familia numerosa

- familia política

2) (Bot, Zool) family

* * *

= family, home, household.

Ex. Proper names, for example, names of persons, names of families, names of places.

Ex. It is recommended for a variety of applications, amongst which are records of suppliers, staff, household possessions and so on, and is likely to find users in both the home and business worlds.

Ex. For the two-car family, living in the countryside can present few problems, but most households are not in such an advantageous position.

----

* biógrafo de familias = family historian.

* cabeza de familia = head of the household, head of the family.

* conciliación del trabajo y la familia = reconciliation of work and family.

* crear una familia = have + a family.

* desintegración de la familia = family breakdown.

* el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].

* enano de la familia, el = runt of the litter, the.

* entre los miembros de la familia = intergenerational.

* familia adoptiva = foster care home, foster family, adoptive family.

* familia analfabeta = illiterate home.

* familia biológica = biological family.

* familia, cabeza de familia = householder.

* familia casi analfabeta = subliterate home.

* familia con dos coches = two-car family.

* familia con dos sueldos = two-income family.

* familia de acogida = foster care home, foster home.

* familia de agricultores = farming family.

* familia de bajos ingresos = low-income family.

* familia de la madrastra = stepfamily.

* familia del padrastro = stepfamily.

* familia dividida = divided family.

* familia en la que los dos miembros trabajan = two-parent working family.

* familia en la que los dos padres trabajan = dual-income family.

* familia hacendada = landholding family.

* familia monoparental = one parent family, single parent, single-parent working family, single-parent family, lone-parent family.

* familia nuclear = nuclear family, nuclear family.

* familia política = in-laws.

* familia problemática = problem family.

* familia real = royal family.

* familia rota = broken family, broken home.

* joyas de la familia = family jewels.

* juzgado de familia = divorce court, family court.

* lectura en familia = family reading.

* médico de familia = family practitioner, general practitioner (GP), family doctor.

* miembro de la familia = family member.

* orientado hacia la familia = family-oriented.

* oveja negra de la familia, la = black sheep of the family, the.

* padre de familia = pater familias, family man.

* principal sostén de la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].

* reliquia de familia = heirloom.

* residencia para familias = family residence.

* secreto de familia = skeleton in the closet.

* vengador de la familia = avenger of blood.

* violencia en la familia = family violence.

* * *

femenino

1)

a) ( parientes) family

es de buena familia or de familia bien — he's from a good family

sus hijos y demás familia — her children and other members of the family

somos como de la familia — we're just like family

le viene de familia — it runs in the family

pasa hasta en las mejores familias — it can happen to the best of us

pasamos las fiestas en familia — we spent the holidays with the family

me siento como en familia — I feel at home

acordarse de (toda) la familia de alguien — (fam & euf) to curse somebody (colloq)

b) ( hijos) children

no tienen familia — they don't have any children

- familia de acogida

- familia numerosa

- familia política

2) (Bot, Zool) family

* * *

= family, home, household.

Ex: Proper names, for example, names of persons, names of families, names of places.

Ex: It is recommended for a variety of applications, amongst which are records of suppliers, staff, household possessions and so on, and is likely to find users in both the home and business worlds.

Ex: For the two-car family, living in the countryside can present few problems, but most households are not in such an advantageous position.

* biógrafo de familias = family historian.

* cabeza de familia = head of the household, head of the family.

* conciliación del trabajo y la familia = reconciliation of work and family.

* crear una familia = have + a family.

* desintegración de la familia = family breakdown.

* el que mantiene a la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].

* enano de la familia, el = runt of the litter, the.

* entre los miembros de la familia = intergenerational.

* familia adoptiva = foster care home, foster family, adoptive family.

* familia analfabeta = illiterate home.

* familia biológica = biological family.

* familia, cabeza de familia = householder.

* familia casi analfabeta = subliterate home.

* familia con dos coches = two-car family.

* familia con dos sueldos = two-income family.

* familia de acogida = foster care home, foster home.

* familia de agricultores = farming family.

* familia de bajos ingresos = low-income family.

* familia de la madrastra = stepfamily.

* familia del padrastro = stepfamily.

* familia dividida = divided family.

* familia en la que los dos miembros trabajan = two-parent working family.

* familia en la que los dos padres trabajan = dual-income family.

* familia hacendada = landholding family.

* familia monoparental = one parent family, single parent, single-parent working family, single-parent family, lone-parent family.

* familia nuclear = nuclear family, nuclear family.

* familia política = in-laws.

* familia problemática = problem family.

* familia real = royal family.

* familia rota = broken family, broken home.

* joyas de la familia = family jewels.

* juzgado de familia = divorce court, family court.

* lectura en familia = family reading.

* médico de familia = family practitioner, general practitioner (GP), family doctor.

* miembro de la familia = family member.

* orientado hacia la familia = family-oriented.

* oveja negra de la familia, la = black sheep of the family, the.

* padre de familia = pater familias, family man.

* principal sostén de la familia = breadwinner [bread winner].

* reliquia de familia = heirloom.

* residencia para familias = family residence.

* secreto de familia = skeleton in the closet.

* vengador de la familia = avenger of blood.

* violencia en la familia = family violence.

* * *

familia

feminine

A

1 (parientes) family

es de buena familiaor de familia bien he's from a good family

sus hijos, nietos y demás familia her children, grandchildren and other members of the family

somos como de la familia we're just like family

le viene de familia it runs in the family

pasa hasta en las mejores familias it can happen to the best of us

hemos pasado las fiestas en familia we spent the holidays with the family

me siento como en familia I feel at home

acordarse de la familia de algn ( fam euf); to curse sb ( colloq)

2

(hijos): aún no tienen familia they don't have any children o a family yet

Compuestos:

● familia de acogida

foster family

● familia extensa

extended family

● familia homoparental

family in which both parents are of the same sex

● familia monoparental

single-parent family

● familia nuclear

nuclear family

● familia numerosa

(literal) large family; ( Servs Socs) (en Esp) family with more than four children ( entitled to special benefits)

● familia recompuesta

family of separated parents who arrange for continued family interaction to benefit the children

B ( Bot, Zool) family

* * *

familia sustantivo femenino
a) ( parientes) family;

◊ una familia numerosa a large family;

mi familia política my wife's/husband's family, my in-laws (colloq);
es de buena familia or de familia bien he's from a good family;
somos como de la familia we're just like family;
le viene de familia it runs in the family
b) ( hijos) children;

◊ no tienen familia they don't have any children

familia sustantivo femenino family: somos familia numerosa, we are large family
todos tienen un aire de familia, they all have a family likeness
♦ Locuciones: estar en familia, to be among friends
(con poca gente) en la conferencia de ayer estábamos en familia, there were just a few of us at the conference yesterday
venir de familia, to run in the family
' familia' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abusar
- acoger
- alma
- besucón
- besucona
- botadura
- cabeza
- derecha
- derrumbarse
- deshonrar
- desprecio
- desunión
- familiar
- garbanzo
- gente
- honrosa
- honroso
- incluso
- juntar
- materna
- materno
- mía
- miembro
- mío
- nacida
- nacido
- pecosa
- pecoso
- plena
- pleno
- política
- político
- proceder
- recurrir
- recurso
- reliquia
- renegar
- resto
- ruin
- sagrada
- sagrado
- sangre
- seno
- sí
- sostén
- sostener
- supeditar
- sustentar
- tal
- ultramar
English:
black
- bosom
- breadwinner
- comfortable
- crest
- desert
- disgrace
- eldest
- family
- family film
- folk
- foster
- foster child
- go back
- greet
- have
- honour
- household
- immediate
- in-laws
- keep
- large
- let down
- likeness
- maintain
- middle
- offshoot
- plan
- portrait
- provide for
- relationship
- remember
- repudiate
- reunion
- run
- seat
- side
- such
- support
- sustain
- with
- average
- before
- brains
- bread
- bring
- dot
- expect
- fulfillment
- head

* * *

familia nf

1. [grupo de personas] family;

un asunto de familia a family matter;

el director es familia mía the director is a relative of mine;

ser como de la familia to be like one of the family;

venir de familia to run in the family;

en familia [con la familia] with one's family;

pasamos el fin de año en familia we spent New Year with the family;

estábamos en familia [casi solos] there were only a few of us;

no te dé vergüenza, que estamos en familia don't be shy – you're among friends

Comp
familia adoptiva adoptive family;
familia desestructurada dysfunctional family;

familia monoparental single parent family;

familia nuclear nuclear family;

familia numerosa large family;

la familia política the in-laws

2. [hijos]
no tuvieron familia they never had children

3. [linaje] family;

de buena familia from a good family

4. [de plantas, animales] family;

una familia de plantas a family of plants

5. Ling family;

una familia de lenguas a family of languages

* * *

familia

f family;

sentirse como en familia feel at home;

ser de la familia be one of the family;

de buena familia from a good family

* * *

familia nf

1) : family

2)

familia política : in-laws

* * *

familia n family [pl. families]

somos cinco en mi familia there are five of us in my family

ser de buena familia to come from a good family

Spanish-English dictionary > familia
60 cortarse

cortarse

► verbo pronominal

1 to cut

■ este metal se corta fácilmente this metal cuts easily

2 (herirse) to cut, cut oneself

■ me he cortado I've cut myself

■ se cortó el dedo he cut his finger

3 (el pelo - por otro) to have one's hair cut; (- uno mismo) to cut one's hair

■ ¿te has cortado el pelo? have you had your hair cut?

4 (piel) to become chapped

5 (leche) to go off, curdle; (mayonesa) to curdle

6 (comunicación) to be cut off

7 familiar (aturdirse) to get embarrassed, get tongue-tied, go all shy

■ no te cortes don't be shy

* * *

1) to cut oneself

2) go off

* * *

VPR

1) [con algo afilado]

a) [persona] to cut o.s.

te vas a cortar — you're going to cut yourself

b)

me corté el dedo con un cristal — I cut my finger on a piece of glass

cortarse las uñas — to cut one's nails

ha ido a cortarse el pelo — she's gone to get her hair cut, she's gone to the hairdresser's, she's gone for a haircut

se cortó las venas — she slashed her wrists

cortársela *** —

si no acepta, me la corto — I'll be bloody amazed if he doesn't accept it **

2) (=rajarse) [manos, labios] to get chapped; [material] to split, come apart

3) (Culin) [mayonesa, natillas] to curdle; [leche] to go off, curdle

4) * (=cohibirse) to get embarrassed

no te cortes — don't be shy

no se corta a la hora de decir lo que piensa — she doesn't hold back at all when it comes to saying what she thinks

no cortarse un pelo —

el entrenador, que no se corta un pelo, ha culpado al árbitro de la derrota — the coach, never one to hold back, has blamed the referee for the defeat

5) (=interrumpirse) [luz] to go off, go out

se ha cortado la comunicación — the line's gone dead

se cortó la llamada — I was cut off

6) Cono Sur * (=separarse) to become separated (from the others), get left behind; (=irse) to clear off *; [en trato] to get left out

cortarse solo — to go off on one's own

7) Cono Sur * (=morirse) to die

* * *

(v.) = nick + Reflexivo

Ex. And then he had nicked himself shaving, so badly that the styptic pencil had failed immediately to do its appointed task, delaying him so that he had to wolf down his breakfast, the eggs of which had on them a crust which he hated.

* * *

(v.) = nick + Reflexivo

Ex: And then he had nicked himself shaving, so badly that the styptic pencil had failed immediately to do its appointed task, delaying him so that he had to wolf down his breakfast, the eggs of which had on them a crust which he hated.

* * *

■cortarse verbo reflexivo
1 (herirse) to cut oneself
2 (las uñas, etc) to cut: le gusta cortarse el pelo a menudo, he likes to have his hair cut often
3 (la leche, mayonesa) to curdle
4 (la piel, los labios) to chap
5 (el suministro) to cut off: se cortó la corriente, there was a power cut
6 familiar (avergonzarse) to become shy
' cortarse' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
coleta
- pelarse
- cortar
- vena
English:
bob
- curdle
- get
- hair
- haircut
- separate
- sour
- cut
- have
- one

* * *

vpr

1. [herirse] to cut oneself;

cortarse con un cristal to cut oneself on a piece of glass;

me corté al afeitarme I cut myself shaving;

cortarse (en) la cara to cut one's face;

cortarse las venas to slit one's wrists;
Fam
si no apruebo, me corto el cuello I'm going to kill myself if I fail;
muy Fam
si no me dan el trabajo, me la corto I'm going to kill myself if they don't give me the job

2. [recortar]
cortarse el pelo to have a haircut, to have one's hair cut;

cortarse las uñas to clip o cut one's nails

3. [labios, piel] to become chapped o cracked

4. [estropearse] [leche] to curdle;
[mayonesa] to spoil, Br to go off
5. [interrumpirse]
se cortó la comunicación I was/we were/ etc cut off;

la comunicación telefónica se cortó por culpa de la tormenta the phone lines went down because of the storm;

se te va a cortarse la digestión you'll get stomach cramps

6. Geom
dos rectas que se cortan two intersecting straight lines, two straight lines that intersect

7. [separarse] to divide, to split;

el pelotón se cortó en dos grupos the pack split into two groups

8. Fam [turbarse] to become tongue-tied;

no se corta a la hora de criticar he doesn't mince his words o hold back when it comes to criticizing;

no te cortes, sírvete lo que te apetezca don't be shy o polite, take whatever you want;

no se cortó un pelo y vino a la fiesta sin haber sido invitado he didn't worry about what people might think and came to the party without having been invited

9. Andes, RP [separarse] to be left behind

10. Chile [caballo] to catch a chill

* * *

cortarse

v/r

1 cut o.s.;

cortarse el pelo have one’s hair cut

2

:

la línea se ha cortado TELEC the line has gone dead

3 fig fam

get embarrassed

* * *

vr

1) : to cut oneself

cortarse el pelo: to cut one's hair

2) : to be cut off

3) : to sour (of milk)

* * *

cortarse vb

1. (en general) to cut [pt. & pp. cut]

se cortó la cara afeitándose he cut his face shaving

2. (quedarse avergonzado) to get embarrassed

no te cortes don't get embarrassed

cortarse el pelo to have your hair cut

Spanish-English dictionary > cortarse

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Separated sets — In topology and related branches of mathematics, separated sets are pairs of subsets of a given topological space that are related to each other in a certain way.The notion of when two sets are separated or not is important both to the notion of… … Wikipedia
separated — [[t]se̱pəreɪtɪd[/t]] 1) ADJ: v link ADJ, oft ADJ from n Someone who is separated from their wife or husband lives apart from them, but is not divorced. Most single parents are either divorced or separated... Tristan had been separated from his… … English dictionary
Separated shoulder — Infobox Disease Name = Separated shoulder Caption = A Separated Shoulder XRay modified to easily show bones. Notice the separation between the end of the collarbone and the scapula. DiseasesDB = ICD10 = ICD10|S|43|1|s|40 ICD9 = ICD9|831.04,… … Wikipedia
Separated By Motorways — Infobox Single Name = Separated By Motorways Artist = The Long Blondes from Album = Someone to Drive You Home Released = flagicon|UK December 12, 2005 Format = 7 Genre = Indie rock Length = Label = Rough Trade Writer = Kate Jackson Producer =… … Wikipedia
You (Ten Sharp song) — Infobox Single Name = You Cover size = Border = Caption = Artist = Ten Sharp Album = Under the Water Line A side = B side = Instrumental When the Snow Falls (maxi) White Gold (maxi) Released = 1992 Format = CD single CD maxi 7 single … Wikipedia
You Got Served — Infobox Film name = You Got Served director = Chris Stokes producer = Marcus Morton Cassius Weathersby Billy Pollina writer = Chris Stokes starring = Marques Houston Omarion Robert Hoffman Tanee McCall Jennifer Freeman Chris Jones music = Tyler… … Wikipedia
You Rang, M'Lord? — infobox television show name = You Rang, M Lord? caption = Opening titles of the series in Art Deco style font. format = Situation Comedy runtime = Approximately 50 minutes per normal episode. creator = Jimmy Perry David Croft writer = Jimmy… … Wikipedia
You Can't Go Home Again (Battlestar Galactica) — Infobox Television episode Title = You Can t Go Home Again Caption = Starbuck learns to operate her new Raider Series = Battlestar Galactica Season = 1 Episode = 5 Airdate = UK: November 15, 2004 US: February 4, 2005 Production = 105 Writer =… … Wikipedia
Did You Hear About the Morgans? — Theatrical release poster Directed by Marc Lawrence … Wikipedia
Comma-separated values — Comma separated list Filename extension .csv or .txt Internet media type text/csv Type of format multiplatform … Wikipedia
Chi You — Chinese name Traditional Chinese 蚩尤 Simplified Chinese … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

separated+you

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

separated+you

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: